Difference between revisions of ".NET Preferences"

From Galen Healthcare Solutions - Allscripts TouchWorks EHR Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
 
(58 intermediate revisions by 2 users not shown)
Line 99: Line 99:
  
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 
=='''Alert Preferences'''==
 
''' Configure the Recommendation Alert Preferences'''
 
* '''NOTE: Added in V15.1'''
 
 
Allows organization to determine how each alert is displayed to the user for each message type/sub-type should be displayed.
 
 
'''Message Type/Sub-type'''
 
 
Compliance Medication
 
 
Compliance Misc
 
 
Compliance Problem
 
 
Compliance Result
 
 
Missing Data Immunizations
 
 
Missing Data Medications
 
 
Missing Data Misc
 
 
Missing Data Problems
 
 
Missing Data Order/Result
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show in My Alerts</li><li>Show in All Other Alerts
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
 
  
 
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
 
''' AllergyListNotReconciled'''  
Line 750: Line 712:
  
 
=='''Charge Preferences'''==
 
=='''Charge Preferences'''==
 +
 +
Organizations can lock select fields on Encounter Forms to prevent them from being edited.
 +
 +
 
''' AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrder'''  
 
''' AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrder'''  
  
Line 806: Line 772:
 
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
 
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
+
''' BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
 
 
 
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
 
  
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
''' Works CT Distance'''  
+
''' DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
 
 
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
 
  
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Division on the Encounter Form.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Education Preferences'''==
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''  
+
''' PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 +
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Performing Provider on the Encounter Form.
  
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 858: Line 821:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''  
+
''' ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable'''  
  
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
+
* '''NOTE: Added in 11.5'''
 
+
Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Referring Provider on the Encounter Form.
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 877: Line 840:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Only If Not Pre-Populated
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''General Preferences'''==
+
Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.
  
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
+
=='''Clinical Trial Preferences'''==
 +
''' Works CT Batch Start Time'''
  
 +
Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.
  
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
+
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
 
  
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>12:00 am</li><li>1:00  am </li><li>2:00  am</li><li>3:00  am</li><li>4:00  am</li><li>5:00  am</li><li>6:00  am</li><li>7:00  am</li><li>7:00  pm</li><li>8:00  pm</li><li>9:00  pm</li><li>10:00 pm</li><li>11:00 pm
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12:00 am
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
 
  
If set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected.  This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
+
''' Works CT Distance'''  
 +
 
 +
Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.
 +
 
 +
*Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
  
If set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Options'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Recommended/Default Value'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''Available Levels'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|'''User Can Override'''
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>5</li><li>10</li><li>25</li><li>50</li><li>100
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXConfigured'''
+
=='''Education Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
''' EducationCounselorEditable'''
 +
 
 +
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
  
This controls access to Native Integration
+
Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.
 
      
 
      
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 935: Line 901:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
 
  
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
+
''' EducationProvidedEditable'''
   
+
 
 +
'''* Note: Added in v11.4'''
 +
 
 +
Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.  
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 950: Line 919:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
+
=='''General Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
Question: What does the [[EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS]] mean?
 +
 
  
* Note: New to v11.4
+
'''ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default
  
 +
* Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
 +
* Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 966: Line 942:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Allergy List Review'''
+
'''Add Favorites Lists Automatically'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected.  This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.
  
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
+
If set to '''N''', items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.
 
      
 
      
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:'''
 
 
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
 
 
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.
 
 
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 991: Line 961:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:'''  
+
'''ADXConfigured'''
  
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides.  Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to at the personal template level within the ACI.
+
This controls access to Native Integration
+
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,008: Line 978:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
+
'''ADXRequestPoolInterval'''
  
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
+
* Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
+
   
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
+
|-
# Delete items or headers
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
# Edit headers
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
# Rearrange items or headers
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
 +
'''ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes'''
  
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''
+
* Note: New to v11.4
 
 
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,041: Line 1,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>N
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
     
 
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
 
  
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
+
'''Allergy List Review'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used.  It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended '''leave blank''' and revisited when the preference becomes active.
 +
   
 +
'''AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.
 +
 
 +
If Set to '''Y''' warning is allowed.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' warning is not allowed.
  
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.
 
     
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,060: Line 1,033:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
+
'''AllowAssocationOfCaseInformationToEncounters'''
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to associate a workers' compensation case to a non-appointment encounter manually.
  
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
+
NOTE: The case information ( case ID, date of injury, and status) comes from the practice management application. The encounter type of '''Allow Case Association''' must be set in the '''Encounter Type dictionary'''.
  
If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
+
If set to '''Yes''' the '''Case''' section will display so that a case can be selected and linked to the encounter.  
  
If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
+
If set to '''No''' the '''Case''' section will not display.
 
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,082: Line 1,055:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Audit level'''
 
  
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:
 
  
#User name
+
'''Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:'''
#Patient name
 
#Patient MRN
 
#Access date
 
#Access time
 
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 
#Action time
 
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 
#WebFramework Page accessed 
 
  
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log ReportPlease be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production.  This is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes.  This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report. 
+
Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuidesAllows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to at the personal template level within the ACI.  
 
+
   
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
 
 
 
If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 
If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 
If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items.  
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,115: Line 1,072:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
+
If set to '''N''' (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:
 +
 
 +
# Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
 +
# Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
 +
# Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
 +
# Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
 +
# Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites '''AND''' as well as the following:
 +
# Add new orderable items and save them to the template
 +
# Delete items or headers
 +
# Edit headers
 +
# Rearrange items or headers
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:'''  
 +
 
 +
Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.
  
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
+
If set to '''Y''' User able to generate a note before it is final
  
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
+
If set to '''N''' User unable to generate a note before it is final
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,134: Line 1,107:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx'''
  
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
+
If set to '''Y''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.
  
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
+
If set to '''N''' the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.  
 
+
     
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
 
 
If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
 
If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 
If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 
If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 
If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,158: Line 1,125:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
+
'''Always Present Site Selector for User Preference'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1
  
If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
+
If set to '''Y''' the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.
  
If set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
+
If set to '''N''' the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site
 +
 +
*Note:  If the staff ratio is that most people do '''Not''' need to log into various sites then set to '''N''' and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,178: Line 1,149:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
+
'''Audit level'''  
  
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. 
+
Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:
  
*  If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient.  If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
+
#User name
   
+
#Patient name
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
+
#Patient MRN
 +
#Access date
 +
#Access time
 +
#Device used (Web, PDA)
 +
#Action time
 +
#Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
 +
#WebFramework Page accessed  
  
* If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP firstIf the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
+
This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report. Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored.  Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in productionThis is not seen often, but should be considered.  These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes.  This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report.
  
* If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
+
'''*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1'''
     
+
 
 +
If set to '''High''' the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Medium''' the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items.
 +
If set to '''Low''' the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,200: Line 1,181:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>High</li><li>Medium</li><li>Low
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Low
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No</li><li>Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
+
'''CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)'''
* This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide].  If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page.  The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.
+
 
 +
'''*NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal'''
 +
 
 +
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 +
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,215: Line 1,200:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Cakelocal
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''  
+
'''CareGuide Default Opening Section'''  
 +
 
 +
Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.
  
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.
+
If set to '''All''' the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected.
If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent.  
+
If set to '''Follow-Ups and Referrals''' the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected.
 
+
If set to '''Instructions''' the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Medications''' the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
If set to '''Orders''' the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,234: Line 1,224:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All</li><li>Follow-Up and Referrals</li><li>Instructions</li><li>Medications</li><li>Orders
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:'''
+
'''CED (Subkey:CVE View Default)
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Determines C-CDA document sections that are displayed when an imported clinical exchange document (CED) is displayed in Document Viewer.
  
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
 
*Default Value: Opt-In
 
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,252: Line 1,241:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Configured custom views found in Clinical View Engine View in '''TW Admin>Document Admin'''
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Note: CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive View Service API key) and CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive Viewer Service URL) must be configured.
 +
 
 +
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.
  
Allows the creation of future encounters
+
If set to '''N''', the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.
If set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 
If set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,270: Line 1,261:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''  
+
'''Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing'''
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.  
+
 
 +
* Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents. 
 +
 
 +
*  If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient.  If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
 +
*  If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient.  IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first.  If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
  
 +
*  If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,285: Line 1,285:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team </li><li>Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team<ul></li><li>Clinical Exchange Document Team
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
+
'''ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)'''
 +
*  This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the [http://www.clineguide.com/marketing/ContentPage.aspx Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide].  If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book.  If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page.  The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid. 
  
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
 
 
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,303: Line 1,300:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
+
'''Community/Automatic CED Submittal:'''  
  
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
+
Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.
 
 
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 
  
 +
If Set to '''Y''' CED's will automatically be sent.
 +
If set to '''N''' CED's will not automatically be sent.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,321: Line 1,319:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
+
'''Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:'''  
 
 
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 
  
 +
Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.
 +
*Default Value: Opt-In
 +
NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,337: Line 1,337:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Opt-In<ul></li><li>Opt-Out
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Opt-In
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
+
'''Create Future Encounter''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
+
Allows the creation of future encounters
 
+
If set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
+
If set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter
*  This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart. 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,356: Line 1,355:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
+
'''Create Overdue Reminder Task:'''  
This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.
+
This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,371: Line 1,370:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
+
'''CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection '''
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider. For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
+
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
 +
 
 +
*The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
 
   
 
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,386: Line 1,388:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Reason for Visit<ul></li><li>Chief Complaint<ul></li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Reason for Visit
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''  
+
'''CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection'''
 +
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
* Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin. it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
+
*Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,402: Line 1,406:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Discussion Summary<ul></li><li>Orders(V10 Note Only)<ul></li><li>Couseling<ul></li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Plan
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
+
'''CSIncludeProblemSection'''
*  Note: New in v11.4.1
 
*  The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
 
  
* The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
+
*Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type.  This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 1,420: Line 1,422:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Plan<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
       
+
 
'''Default Specialty ID'''
+
'''CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection'''
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training.  This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheetsProviders usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference. 
+
 
 +
'''*NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1'''
 +
 
 +
'''Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due'''
 +
* This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart.   
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,435: Line 1,441:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
+
'''Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due'''
*  This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders.  This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level.   
+
*  This Value is a number representing number of days.  This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.   
+
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,450: Line 1,456:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
+
'''Default Entering For Provider ID'''
*If set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
+
* This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system.  This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider.  For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
*If set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
+
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,466: Line 1,471:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any entry from Provider Dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes, by Default
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Default Clinical Summary Document'''
  
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
+
Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin.  it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
 
 
*NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,484: Line 1,487:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CED<ul></li><li>RTF<ul></li><li>CCDA
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|CCDA
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Derive Entering For From'''
+
'''Default Patient Profile Section'''  
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
+
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
*  The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
 +
 
 +
*  The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.  
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"  
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 1,499: Line 1,505:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Clinical Information<ul></li><li>Demographics<ul></li><li>Patient Preferred Communication<ul></li><li>Community Information<ul></li><li>Employer/Contact<ul></li><li>Insurance<ul></li><li>Rx Benefit Plan<ul></li><li>Pharmacy<ul></li><li>Patient Care Team
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Demographics
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
       
 
+
'''Default Specialty ID'''
'''Dictionary Cache'''
+
* This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty.  This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during trainingThis setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheetsProviders usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference.  
* This preference is no longer used.  However in earlier versions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left aloneThis is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,515: Line 1,520:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Dictionary Edit'''
+
'''Default Supervising Provider ID'''
*  This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000.  This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
+
*  This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders.  This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level.
 
+
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,530: Line 1,535:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Directives Editable'''
+
'''Default to QuickList Favorites'''
If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable.  This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
+
*If set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them.  This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.
+
*If set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
   
+
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,547: Line 1,552:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No  
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents'''  
+
 
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Derive Billing Indicators From'''
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
+
 
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.  
+
*NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
* This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,563: Line 1,569:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management Only<ul></li><li>Practice Management and Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Practice Management and Enterprise
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
+
'''Derive Entering For From'''
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector.  In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day.  If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down.  If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved.
+
* This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,578: Line 1,584:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter<ul></li><li>Entering For Preference Only<ul></li><li>Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Derive from Current Encounter Only
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''DisplayPatientPicture'''  
+
 
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
+
'''Dictionary Cache'''
If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen.  This also allows the ability to upload pictures. 
+
* This preference is no longer used. However in earlier versions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone.  This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.  
*  If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
+
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,595: Line 1,600:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DO NOT CHANGE
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No, Enforced
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Double Click Action'''
+
'''Dictionary Edit'''
If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
+
This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
* If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
+
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,611: Line 1,615:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|10,000
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
+
'''Directives Editable'''
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.
+
If set to '''Y''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI.
 
+
If set to '''N''' the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only.  This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
+
   
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,629: Line 1,631:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''  
+
'''Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents'''  
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
+
* If set to '''Y''' the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
+
* If set to '''N''' the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
  
   
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
'''Enable Allergy Verification'''
 
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 
*  If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider.  This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 
*  If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 1,653: Line 1,649:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|  
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
  
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future'''
 
+
* This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector. In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved.
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.  
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
 
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,672: Line 1,663:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number between 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| 1
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''
+
'''DisplayPatientPicture'''  
 
+
Refer to the [[Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow]]
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.  
+
*  If set to '''Y''', this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen.  This also allows the ability to upload pictures. 
 
+
*  If set to '''N''', this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,689: Line 1,681:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''
+
'''Double Click Action'''
 
+
*  If set to '''View''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.  
+
*  If set to '''Edit''' this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
     
+
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,704: Line 1,696:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>View<ul></li><li>Edit
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| View
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable MSHV'''  
+
'''DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)'''
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.
 +
 
 +
This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.
 +
*Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
  
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
 
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. 
 
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
 
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,724: Line 1,714:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|DownloadChartLocal
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
     
+
'''Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment'''
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
+
Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.
 +
*Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
 +
*Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment   
 +
 
 +
   
 +
'''Enable Allergy Verification'''  
 +
Refer to [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider.  This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
 
     
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,742: Line 1,738:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
     
+
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
+
 
 +
'''Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert''' * Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.
  
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
+
* If set to '''Y''' a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
 +
* If set to '''N''' no reminder will appear.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,759: Line 1,759:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
 
  
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
+
'''Enable eCoupon at Point of Prescribing'''
 +
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to search for and display eCoupons for a medication in context.
 +
* If set to '''Yes''' applicable coupons are displayed for the medication in context.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''No''' applicable coupons will not display for medication in context.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,773: Line 1,777:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></l><li>Select All Sites|</l><li>Individual sites associated with the organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not selected
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Daily'''
  
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
+
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,789: Line 1,793:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''
+
'''Enable CS on Schedule Provider'''
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default.  This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.
 
  
 +
Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,806: Line 1,811:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile'''  
+
'''Enable MSHV'''  
 
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.
+
Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.
 +
Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to '''N'''.
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,822: Line 1,830:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul>
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:'''
+
     
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. 
+
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Daily'''
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).
 
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared. 
 
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
 
  
 +
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
 +
     
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,839: Line 1,846:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Enable TOC on Schedule Provider'''
  
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
+
Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting '''Y''' allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
 
*  When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,855: Line 1,862:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Encounter Selection from Worklist'''
  
   
+
This preference previously only applied to results.  Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
 
*  If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
 
*  If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,872: Line 1,878:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
 
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
+
'''Encounter Type for Worklist'''
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chartThis acts as a review process prior to committing the data.
+
 
*  If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart.  This will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
+
This preference previously only applied to resultsEffective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,888: Line 1,894:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Selector<ul></li><li>Create New Encounter
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User  
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary'''
*  This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise.  This is displayed when printing patient instructions.
+
Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default.  This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,903: Line 1,909:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 
+
'''Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile'''  
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile. 
+
Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,923: Line 1,928:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
+
'''EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary:'''  
*Default Value: Blank
+
Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default. 
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
+
* When set to '''Disabled''' then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared. 
 +
* When set to '''N''' the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,937: Line 1,944:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>Disable
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Fax Maximum Pages'''  
+
'''Encounter Summary Default View'''
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
* When set to '''Type''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
 +
*  When set to '''Problem''' the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem.
  
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.
 
* This is a numeric field
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 1,954: Line 1,960:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Type<ul></li><li>Problem
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Problem
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
|}        
+
|}
  
'''Fax Warning Type'''  
+
   
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Encounter Summary Password Required on Save'''
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
+
*  If set to '''N''' the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,971: Line 1,977:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
   
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
+
'''Encounter Summary Review Before Save'''
 
+
*If set to '''Y''', the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data.
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.  
+
* If set to '''N''', the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it.  
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 1,989: Line 1,994:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number'''
 +
* This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions. 
  
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
 
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 2,008: Line 2,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|911
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
         
 
'''Info Button Access'''
 
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
 
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
 
  
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
+
 
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
+
'''EthnicityEditable:''' Ethnicity Editable
 +
 
 +
Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile.
 +
* NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,028: Line 2,027:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Language Editable'''
+
'''ExceptionDetailsPassword:''' Exception Details Password
* When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
+
*Default Value: Blank
*  When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
+
This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,043: Line 2,042:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enter Preferred Password"|<ul></li><li>Leave Blank
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
       
 
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' 
 
* New in v11.4.1
 
  
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.
+
'''Fax Maximum Pages'''  
*  When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
* When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
 
  
 +
Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.
 +
* This is a numeric field
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,062: Line 2,059:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Field
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
|}
+
|}        
 
+
 
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
+
'''Fax Warning Type'''  
* When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
*  When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
+
 
 +
Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,078: Line 2,076:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Block Fax<ul></li><li>Disabled<ul></li><li>Warn User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn User
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
+
'''HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin''' - * Note: Added in v11.2.2
* This is a numeric value between 0-40.  This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options.
+
 
 +
*Determines whether or not the floating clinical toolbar is displayed. This affects workspaces such as the Daily Schedule and Task List.
 +
*http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/05/17/tipsfromtheehr_hideclinicaltoolbar/ Galen Blog article with more information]
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,093: Line 2,093:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping'''
 +
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 +
*Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical
 +
Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be
 +
displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.
  
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''
 
*  This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out.  This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance.  In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,108: Line 2,113:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
         
 +
'''Info Button Access'''
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.
 +
*'''Important Prerequisite''': Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
  
 
+
* '''Y''' enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
+
* '''N''' makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
*  This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit. 
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,124: Line 2,132:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|'''See Prerequisite'''
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
+
'''Language Editable'''
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
+
* When set to '''Y''', this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
 
+
* When set to '''N''', this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen.  This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
 
 
 
* '''Y'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
 
* '''N'''-  when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,145: Line 2,149:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
       
 +
'''List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export''' 
 +
* New in v11.4.1
  
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data''' 
+
This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.  
* Note: New in v11.4.1
+
* When set to '''Active''', this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
 
+
* When set to '''Complete''', this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
 
   
 
* '''Y'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
 
* '''N'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,164: Line 2,167:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active<ul></li><li>Complete
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Active
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
 
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates'''  
+
'''Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile'''
* Note: New in v11.4.1
+
When set to '''Y''', this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
 
+
* When set to '''N''', this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
 
   
 
* '''Y'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 
* '''N'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,186: Line 2,185:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Configured'''  
+
'''Max # of Providers for All Provider View'''
* Note: New in v11.4.1
+
* This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider viewThis is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options.
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
 
   
 
* '''Y'''-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
 
* '''N'''-  data does not move in and out.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,203: Line 2,198:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value Between 0-40
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''  
+
'''Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load'''
* NOTE: Added in v11.4
+
* This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance.  In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
+
 
 
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,222: Line 2,214:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value  
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''  
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) PatientImageSource'''
 +
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Allows organization to enter the URL of the web service that will return the patient image when the MRN is passed. The URL must end with an equal (=). A unique patient-specific number will be appended to the URL to read patient images. Patient images will be displayed in the MAR workspace and in the Patient Profile Dialog.
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
+
'''MedAdminRecord (MAR) UpdatePatientPictureSource'''
  
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
+
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
+
Allows organization to determine if patient picture are uploaded from the MAR workspace.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,241: Line 2,237:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''  
+
'''Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status'''
 
+
* This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be storedThis time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields.  For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit.
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
 
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
 
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
 
 
 
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''- The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
 
 
 
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
 
 
 
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,265: Line 2,252:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|1
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''
+
'''Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications'''
* Moved to HMP Preferences
+
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.
  
 +
Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.
  
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
+
* '''Y'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
 
+
* '''N'''- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on '''Native Integration Document Viewer''' and manually imported.
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
 
 
 
* Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM fileIf a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,287: Line 2,272:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
+
'''Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data'''  
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
  
This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated.  The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summaryIf a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password. Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access.  Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
+
This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization '''(PAMI)''' data for trusted sites through Native Integration.
 +
   
 +
* '''Y'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
 +
* '''N'''-  when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,303: Line 2,292:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''
 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.3
+
'''Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates'''
 +
* Note: New in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.
 +
 +
* '''Y'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
 +
* '''N'''-  imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
  
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED).  Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,321: Line 2,312:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears'''
+
'''Native Integration Configured'''  
 
+
* Note: New in v11.4.1
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.
 
+
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
* '''Y'''-  data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.  
+
* '''N'''-  data does not move in and out.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,340: Line 2,331:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' 
 
  
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
+
'''Native Integration Request Pool Interval'''   
 +
* NOTE: Added in v11.4
 +
* For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.
  
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
+
This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.
 
 
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,360: Line 2,349:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range'''  
+
'''Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days'''  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 
  
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
  
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
+
This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.
 
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
 
  
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
+
For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.
 
 
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,385: Line 2,369:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
+
'''Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
 +
* Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification
 +
This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.
 +
 
 +
* '''Review Hospital Notification Team'''-  The task is displayed on '''Review Hospital Notification Team''' task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
 +
 
 +
* '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team'''- Select the '''PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team''' preference value to display the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task on the task list for the patient's provider.
  
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.   
+
* '''No Notification'''- Select the '''No Notification''' preference value so that the ''Review of Hospital Notifications'' task is not created and does not display on the task list.
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
 
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally.  Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.
 
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal
 
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the
 
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR
 
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal
 
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are
 
filed in the application.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,409: Line 2,393:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Review Hospital Notification Team<ul></li><li>PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team<ul></li><li>No Notification
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration'''  
+
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary Preference'''  
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.  
+
Determines how many days of past results are cited when generating an Rich Text Format (RTF) clinical summary or Clinical Exchange Document (CED).
  
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
+
A value of 1-500 will designate how many days of past results will be included in the RTF or CED. Enter () to not include past results in RTF or CED documents.
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
 
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
 
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,433: Line 2,413:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-500
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Value
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
  
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
+
'''Normative Growth Chart in Units'''
 +
* Moved to HMP Preferences
 +
 
 +
'''Number of Days in Past to Allow Editing Encounter'''   
  
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V11.5
  
*  '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
+
Allows organizations to limit the number of encounters available for selection on Encounter Selector. The number available encounters will be based on the age of the encounter in days.
*  '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,452: Line 2,434:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Daily'''  
* If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
+
 
*  If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Daily Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,468: Line 2,452:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
 +
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
 +
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
  
'''PCPDefaultSearch'''  
+
'''OccMedNavigation_Provider'''  
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
 
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
+
* NOTE: Added in V17.1
 +
 
 +
Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Providers Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,484: Line 2,474:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Encounter Summary<ul></li><li>Chart<ul></li><li>MD Charges<ul></li><li>Task List
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Encounter Summary
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>Sys
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
*Valid Values of '''Encounter Summary''' will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
'''PCPEditable'''  
+
*Valid Values of '''Chart''' will display the Clinical Desktop.
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
+
*Valid Values of '''MD Charges''' will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
+
*Valid Values of '''Task List''' will display Task List.
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/ - Galen Blog article with more details.
+
 
 +
'''Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
*  Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value.  The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file.  If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,501: Line 2,496:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date Specific
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
+
'''Order Authentication Time-Out'''
*  If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past. 
 
*  If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.
 
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticatedThe system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary.  If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their passwordOnce the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their accessSetting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
 
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
 
'''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounterThis setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
 
* '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associatedThis setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
 
* '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,534: Line 2,512:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification'''
  
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.3
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers.  This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
 
*  '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary. 
 
  
 +
This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED).  Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).
 +
   
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,550: Line 2,530:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable'''  
+
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears'''
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 
  
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal.  The setting determines whether this field is editable.
+
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
 
  
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
+
This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' preference to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
 
+
This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference'''.  
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,573: Line 2,549:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|18
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' 
  
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:'''
+
* Note: Added in 11.4.1
  
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.
+
This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' to define the range and display the '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' entry in the '''Preferred Communication''' preference lists on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preference.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
 
 
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:'''  
 
 
 
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,605: Line 2,569:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|12
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable'''  
+
'''Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range'''  
 
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
+
This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences. '''PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange''' applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.
  
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.
+
* '''Y''' setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' for patients within the age range defined by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences.
 +
:: The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.
 +
The '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.  
  
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
+
* '''N'''- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings are set to '''Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print''', exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The '''Patient Preferred Communication''' settings can be set manually to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.
  
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
+
'''LEGAL CONSIDERATION''' In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.
 
 
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
 
 
 
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
 
 
 
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,637: Line 2,595:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
+
'''Patient Portal Registration Level:''' Patient Portal Registration Level
  
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
+
This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.   
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
+
* '''Provider''' setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
 +
* '''Organization''' setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally.  Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.
 +
To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the
 +
implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR
 +
and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal
 +
and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are
 +
filed in the application.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,653: Line 2,618:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly '''Auto-Chart Export to Portal''' batch job.
  
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.  
+
* '''Y''': A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.
 +
The patient's '''Patient Preferred Communication''' setting for '''Chart Update''' must be set to '''Patient Portal''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted.
 +
Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears''' and '''PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears''' preferences
 +
If the patient is defined as an adolescent, '''Chart Update''' is automatically set to '''Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent''' and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.
 +
* '''N''': A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
  
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,672: Line 2,642:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''RequestTimeout'''
+
(Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status'''
  
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
+
*  '''Y''' enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.  
 +
*  '''N''', disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,690: Line 2,661:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
|}    
+
|}
  
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
+
'''Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location'''
 +
*  If set to '''Y''', this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
 +
*  If set to '''N''', the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible. 
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 2,714: Line 2,683:
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''  
+
'''PCPDefaultSearch'''  
 
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. 
+
* Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,725: Line 2,693:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Provider<ul></li><li>Referring Provider
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Provider
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
+
   
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''  
+
'''PCPEditable'''  
 
+
* Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.
 
+
* http://blog.galenhealthcare.com/2012/07/25/tips-from-the-ehr-new-pcp-field-preferences/  - Galen Blog article with more details.
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,743: Line 2,710:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button'''  
+
'''Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient'''
 
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*  If set to '''Never''' the user will not be warned of this condition.
 
 
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,761: Line 2,726:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' *
+
'''Print Patient Education Always'''
 
+
* '''Always''' setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter. This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
*  '''If CareGuide Only''' setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated.  This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
 
+
*  '''Never''' setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,779: Line 2,743:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>If Careguide Only<ul></li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon'''
 
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Provider Selection limited to Favorites'''
 
+
* '''Y''' setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers. This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers. 
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
+
*  '''N''' setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary. 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,797: Line 2,759:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''UA Install Location'''  
+
'''PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable'''  
* This preference is no longer used.  
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients'''  
+
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Chart Update''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Chart Update''' unless the patient is registered for a patient portal.  The setting determines whether this field is editable.
 +
* '''Y'''- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
* '''N'''- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Chart Update'''.
  
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
+
*Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, '''Chart Update''' is disabled and displays '''Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,820: Line 2,783:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out'''  
+
'''PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:'''  
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.
 
 
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,837: Line 2,798:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
+
'''PtCommunicationReminderEditable:'''  
  
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
+
Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,853: Line 2,814:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Charge Enabled'''  
+
'''PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable'''  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.
 +
 
 +
The setting for this preference determines whether '''Result Notification''' in '''Patient Preferred Communication''' on '''Patient Profile Dialog''' is enabled. The preference setting does not affect '''Result Notification''' unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.
 +
 
 +
* '''Y'''- '''Result Notification''' is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
 +
 
 +
* '''N'''- '''Result Notification''' is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
 +
 
 +
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, '''Patient Portal''' is the default for '''Result Notification'''.
 +
 
 +
* Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable and displays '''Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal''' by default.
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* If set to '''Y''' and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the '''Result Notification''' default is '''Mail'''. If the '''Mail''' entry in the '''Patient Communication''' dictionary is inactive, '''Result Notification''' is unavailable but still displays '''Mail''' as the default.
  
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
+
* If the preference is set to '''Y''' and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, '''Result Notification''' is enabled and displays the default of '''Patient Portal'''.
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.
 
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,874: Line 2,846:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled'''  
+
'''RaceEditable:''' Race Editable
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page.
 
+
NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
 
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
 
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,894: Line 2,863:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''RequestMaxRetries'''
  
'''Wand Document Enabled'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.  
 
 
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
 
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.
 
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.
 
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
 
  
 +
* Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 2,914: Line 2,881:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Wand Encounter Enabled'''  
+
'''RequestTimeout'''
  
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
+
Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,935: Line 2,899:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>10 seconds<ul></li><li>20<ul></li><li>30<ul></li><li>40<ul></li><li>50<ul></li><li>60<ul></li><li>70<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>100<ul></li><li>120
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|60 seconds
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A  
|}
+
|}    
  
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
 
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
 
  
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Automatically Flag Patients)'''
  
* NOTE: Added in 11.2
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
+
The organization can determine if electronic health records will be automatically flagged if it may contain sensitive health conditions. A nightly SQL job will identify any patient EHRs that might contain Sensitive Health information based on patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey:"Age Range High Limit in Years).  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,956: Line 2,918:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', then a nightly SQL job will run based on the patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) and an icon will be displayed on the patient banner. The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
 
 +
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years)'''
  
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
+
An organization can determine the lowest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 2,972: Line 2,938:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
 +
 
  
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
+
'''Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years)'''
  
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
+
* NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
+
An organization can determine the highest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
 +
*If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.
  
 +
 +
'''ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage'''
  
''' HMP Vitals Units'''
+
* NOTE: Added in 11.4
  
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
+
Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of '''Y''', the message, ''The request was aborted'', is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to '''N''', the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, '''Ignored Exception'''.
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
+
'''Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button'''  
  
* Note: New V11.4
+
Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar.  
 
+
Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted '''(only available to V11 Note users)''' then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View.
 
 
 
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Chief Complaints<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Procedures<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Imaging<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for History Builder Button'''
  
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
*Note: New V11.4
+
Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.
 
 
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
 
 
 
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active <ul></li><li>Past Medical History<ul></li><li>Past Surgical History<ul></li><li>Family History<ul></li><li>Social History<ul></li><li>Allergies<ul></li><li>Medication History<ul></li><li>Immunization History<ul></li><li>90<ul></li><li>Immunization History
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button'''
  
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
* Note: New V11.4
+
Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.
 
 
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View.  The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>CareGuides<ul></li><li>QSets
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon''' *
  
 +
* Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
  
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.
 
 
*Note: New V11.4
 
 
 
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Laboratory<ul></li><li>Radiology<ul></li><li>Findings<ul></li><li>FollowUp/Referral<ul></li><li>Instructions<ul></li><li>Immunizations<ul></li><li>Supplies
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Lab/Procedures
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon'''
  
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''
+
Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI
 
 
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Rx<ul></li><li>Medication Administration
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Rx
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
+
'''UA Install Location'''  
 +
* This preference is no longer used.
 +
 
 +
'''Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
+
* '''Y''' setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
 +
* '''N''' setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
+
'''Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
+
Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Site<ul></li><li>Organization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)'''
  
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
+
This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.
 
 
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank Unless using UAI
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Wand Charge Enabled'''
  
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
+
In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'
 +
* '''Y''' setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.
 +
* '''N''' setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled'''
  
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
+
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
+
By default, the ''Chief Complaint'' section does not appear on the ''Patient Review'' screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the '''Wand Chief Complaint Enabled''' preference to be displayed
 +
* When set to '''Y''' Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
 +
* When set to '''N''' Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
+
'''Wand Document Enabled'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.
 +
* When set to '''N''' you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.
 +
Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Blank Rows'''
+
'''Wand Encounter Enabled'''  
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.4.1
  
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
+
Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 +
* When set to '''N''' the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.
 +
Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''
+
'''Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc'''
 +
*  This is disabled and not used at this time.  Do not modify. 
 +
 
 +
'''WorkspaceVerifyTask'''
 +
 
 +
* NOTE: Added in 11.2
  
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Verify Clinical Item View
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
+
'''WorkspaceViewTasks'''
  
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list.  When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Follow - up if'''
+
=='''HMP Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
''' Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded'''
  
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,269: Line 3,264:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show in My Alerts
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Show Instructions if'''
+
''' HMP Vitals Units'''
  
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.
 +
* Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,286: Line 3,282:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>US</li><li>Metric</li><li>As Entered</li></ul>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US Metric system
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Immunizations if'''
+
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred'''
  
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
* Note: New V11.4
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. 
 +
 
 +
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 +
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 3,302: Line 3,303:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Laboratory if'''
 
  
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
''' ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: New V11.4
 +
 
 +
Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.
 +
 
 +
* '''Y''' setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
 +
* '''N''' setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,318: Line 3,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Medication Admin if'''
 
  
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
''' My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: New V11.4
 +
 
 +
Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,334: Line 3,344:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''
 
  
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
''' My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: New V11.4
 +
 
 +
Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,350: Line 3,363:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Always</li><li>Never</li><li>Alert
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Precautions if'''
 
  
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
''' NormativeGrowthChart'''
 +
 
 +
Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,366: Line 3,380:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Us Units</li><li>Metric Units
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|US units
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels'''
  
''' Show Referrals if'''
+
Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.
  
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 3,383: Line 3,396:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show Age</li><li>Show Data</li><li>Show Percentiles
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Show Supplies if'''
+
''' NormativeGrowthChartOrder'''
  
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
+
Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,399: Line 3,412:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Height-Weight-BMI</li><li>Weight-Height-BMI
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Height / Weight / BMI
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Suppress Other Medication'''
 
  
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.
+
''' Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded'''
 +
 
 +
Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,415: Line 3,429:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
Line 3,422: Line 3,436:
  
  
''' Suppress Other Orders'''
+
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded'''
  
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.
+
Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,432: Line 3,446:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
 
  
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering'''  
+
''' Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded'''
  
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1
+
Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.
 
 
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.
 
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.
 
 
If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.
 
 
 
If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,458: Line 3,463:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''
+
''' Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded'''
  
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. 
+
Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,476: Line 3,479:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Alert</li><li>Never</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider'''  
+
''' Show Blank Rows'''
  
*New in v11.4.1
+
Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.
 
 
This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.
 
 
 
* '''Y''' If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider. 
 
* '''N''' Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.
 
 
 
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,500: Line 3,496:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
+
''' Show Clinical Findings if'''
  
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
Sets default prescribe action to '''Dispense for In-inventory Medications''' when the selected medication is in the inventory.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,517: Line 3,511:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Automatically Reactivate NRM'''
+
''' Show Diagnostic Imaging if'''
  
* Note: Added in v11.4
+
Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component.
 
* If set to '''N''' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty. 
 
* If set to '''NotActiveOnly''' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record.
 
* If set to '''NoActiveorTempDefer''' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,538: Line 3,527:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''
+
''' Show Follow - up if'''
  
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created.  
+
Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,554: Line 3,543:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Days Include Completed Meds'''
 
  
*Note Added in V11.4
+
''' Show Instructions if'''
 
 
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.
 
  
 +
Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,573: Line 3,560:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''
+
''' Show Immunizations if'''
  
Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.
+
Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
* '''Y''' setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the '''Link To''' box in Order Entry.
 
* '''N''' setting will leave the '''Link To''' box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Rx Action for Renewal'''
+
''' Show Laboratory if'''
  
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action.
+
Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,608: Line 3,592:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Show Medication Admin if'''
  
''' Destination: Default Rx Action'''
+
Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.
 
 
 
*  If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.
 
*  If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.
 
*  If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.
 
*  If set to '''Record''' the Rx action will default to Record.
 
*  If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.
 
*  If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,632: Line 3,608:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''
+
''' Show Other Diagnostic Testing if'''
  
*Note: Added in V11.4
+
Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
 
 
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy.  
 
 
 
*  If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.
 
*  If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.
 
*  If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.
 
*  If set to '''Record''' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.
 
*  If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.
 
*  If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,657: Line 3,624:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin By'''
+
''' Show Precautions if'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.  
+
Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,676: Line 3,640:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Date'''
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
+
''' Show Referrals if'''
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).
+
Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,695: Line 3,657:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Dose'''
+
''' Show Supplies if'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,716: Line 3,673:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Incomplete Order</li><li>Reminder</li><li>Most Recent
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Lot'''
+
''' Suppress Other Medication'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
+
Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
 
 
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,738: Line 3,690:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Manufacturer'''
 
  
If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
+
''' Suppress Other Orders'''
If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
  
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
+
Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,759: Line 3,707:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Route'''
+
=='''Meds Preferences'''==
  
*If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
+
'''AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification'''
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
+
*NOTE: New in V15.1
  
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
+
Enables organizations to determine if users can select his or her username as the person who verified the medication or immunization when '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details or Immunization Details.
 
 
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,780: Line 3,726:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Admin Site'''
+
''' AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering'''  
 +
 
 +
'''New''' in v11.4.1 HF1
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
+
This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 
  
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
+
If set to '''Y''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.
 +
 +
If set to '''N''' the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.
  
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).
+
If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,801: Line 3,750:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Default Disp Save Default'''
+
''' Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value'''
  
* If set to '''Y''', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen.  If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values.   
+
This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions. 
* If set to '''N''', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time.  
+
* If set to '''Y''' the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,823: Line 3,773:
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Display Dose Range Missing'''
+
''' AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider'''  
 +
 
 +
*New in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.
  
*Note: Added in V11.4
+
* '''Y''' If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider. 
 +
* '''N''' Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.
  
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication.  
+
* Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 ''Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider'' for more information)
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,835: Line 3,790:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Display RX Coverage Detail'''
+
'''Automatically Attach Coupon to Rx (When Applicable)'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.
+
Allows eCoupons to be automatically attached to applicable medications.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,852: Line 3,808:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR Acknowledge Reason'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', the coupon output method in Medication Details is automatically set to '''Send coupon to pharmacy electronically''' or '''Print coupon and give to patient''' depending on the prescribe action set in Medication Details.
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''No''', the coupon output method in Medication Details is set to '''Decline coupon for this patient''' automatically. Both '''Send coupon to pharmacy electronically''' or '''Print coupon and give to patient''' will still be available to select manually.
 +
 +
''' Auto Dispense Inventory Medications'''
 +
 
 +
* Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
* If set to '''Y''' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning.
+
Sets default prescribe action to '''Dispense for In-inventory Medications''' when the selected medication is in the inventory.
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,869: Line 3,830:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' Automatically Reactivate NRM'''
  
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".
+
* Note: Added in v11.4
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on.   
+
This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component. 
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
+
* If set to '''N''' user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty.   
 
+
* If set to '''NotActiveOnly''' the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record.  
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
+
* If set to '''NoActiveorTempDefer''' the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,889: Line 3,850:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>N</li><li>NotActiveOnly</li><li>NoActiveorTempDefer
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due'''
  
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created.  
 
 
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never". 
 
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately  after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled.
 
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,910: Line 3,866:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|14
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' Days Include Completed Meds'''
 +
 
 +
*Note Added in V11.4
  
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never". 
+
This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled. 
 
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
  
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,930: Line 3,885:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|30
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
'''Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance'''
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled.  
+
Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.
  
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
+
* '''Y''' setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the '''Link To''' box in Order Entry.
 +
* '''N''' setting will leave the '''Link To''' box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Default Rx Action for Renewal'''
  
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action.
 
 
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled.
 
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
 
 
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,968: Line 3,920:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Previous Action</li><li>User Default
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Previous Action
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' Destination: Default Rx Action'''
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled. 
+
Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
  
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
+
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx action will default to Call Rx.
 +
*  If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.
 +
*  If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action will default to Print Rx.
 +
*  If set to '''Record''' the Rx action will default to Record.
 +
*  If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.
 +
*  If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action will default to Send to Retail. 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 3,988: Line 3,944:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Send to Retail
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: Added in V11.4
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled. 
+
This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy.  
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
 
  
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
+
* If set to '''Call Rx''' the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.
 +
*  If set to '''Dispense Sample''', the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.
 +
*  If set to '''Print Rx''' the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.
 +
*  If set to '''Record''' the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.
 +
*  If set to '''Send To Mail Order''' the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.
 +
*  If set to '''Send to Retail''' the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,007: Line 3,969:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>CallRx</li><li>Dispense Sample</li><li>Print Rx</li><li>Record</li><li>Send to Mail Order</li><li>Send to Retail
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''
+
''' Default Admin By'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
  
Allows organizations to enable the Medication Adherence indicator for applicable patients.
+
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,024: Line 3,989:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''
+
''' Default Admin Date'''
  
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the applicationIn addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken.  In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
  
* '''Note'''  this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.
+
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub.  This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse.  If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications.
 
 
 
*Note: Added in V11.1.6. This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]]
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,047: Line 4,008:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Y
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''
+
''' Default Admin Dose'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 +
 
 +
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
  
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network.  This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging.  When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax.  This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail.  Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages.  
+
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,064: Line 4,029:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''
+
''' Default Admin Lot'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 +
 
 +
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
  
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts.  If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager. 
+
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,081: Line 4,050:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''
+
''' Default Admin Manufacturer'''
  
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.   
+
If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.   
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available.   
+
If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the userThis forces the user to manually select the value each time.
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.
+
 
 +
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
 +
 
 +
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,098: Line 4,070:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''
+
''' Default Admin Route'''
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
 +
 
 +
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
  
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. 
+
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information. 
 
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,116: Line 4,091:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''
+
''' Default Admin Site'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication.  This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user.  This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
  
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration.
+
*Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date. 
 
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
*Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,138: Line 4,114:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Default Disp Save Default'''
  
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''
+
* If set to '''Y''', this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen.  If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values.   
 
+
* If set to '''N''', the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time.  
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.
 
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number.   
 
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.
 
 
 
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,159: Line 4,131:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''
+
''' Display Dose Range Missing'''
  
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.
+
*Note: Added in V11.4
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number. 
 
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,177: Line 4,147:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All</li><li>Pediatric</li><li>Geriatric</li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - NDC'''
+
''' Display RX Coverage Detail'''
  
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.
+
Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.
 
 
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,195: Line 4,163:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''
+
''' DUR Acknowledge Reason'''
  
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning.  
 
+
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,213: Line 4,180:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''
+
''' DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing'''
 +
 
 +
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on. 
 +
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
  
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only.  The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review.  * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion. 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,230: Line 4,201:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''
 
  
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number.   
+
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing'''
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code.   
+
 
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.
+
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".   
 +
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately  after selecting the medicationFor this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled.
 +
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
  
*Note: Do not change this preference.  It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,250: Line 4,222:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''
+
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing'''
  
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration.   
+
DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels.  They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never".   
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration.   
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled.   
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,270: Line 4,242:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''
+
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing'''
  
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration. 
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled.  
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration.   
 
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,290: Line 4,260:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''
 
  
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. 
+
''' DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing'''
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration.   
+
 
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled.   
 +
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,310: Line 4,280:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise  
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - NDC'''
 
  
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.
+
''' DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled. 
 +
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.  
  
*Note: Added in v11.1.7 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,328: Line 4,300:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''
+
''' DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing'''
  
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled.   
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication.  For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled.   
 +
* If set to '''Never''' the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
  
*Note: Added in v11.4 
+
*Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,346: Line 4,319:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''
+
'''EnableElectronicPriorAuth'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in v11.5
  
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail. 
+
Allows organizations to configure the electronic (ePA) feature.
 
 
*Note: Added in v11.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,364: Line 4,336:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med History Query Duration'''
+
'''EnableEpcs'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in v11.5
  
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub.  The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.
+
Allows organization to determine if Electronic Prescripts for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or org level for users who have been built per EPCS Implementation Guide.
 
 
*Note: Added in 11.1.6
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,382: Line 4,353:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', EPCS is enabled at the level specified and enables all EPCS ordering and signing workflows.
 +
*If set to '''No''', EPCS is not enabled at the level specified and no user can electronically prescribe a controlled substance. Fully provisioned providers can however order controlled substances through non-EPCS workflows.
 +
 
 +
''' EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators'''
  
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.
+
This preference is no longer used.
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default.
+
 
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.
+
'''Enable PMPRegistryDocumentation'''
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.
+
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
 +
 
 +
Allows organizations to enable the Record Registry Consult controls in Clinical Desktop.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,401: Line 4,377:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', the Record Registry Consult controls is displayed on the Clinical Desktop. This will allow the user to validate that the state medication registry was consulted when prescribing a controlled substance.The mandated I-STOP Act requirement for New York State is fulfilled.
 +
 
 +
''' Enable Rx Hub Medication History'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application.  In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken.  In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.
 +
 
 +
* '''Note'''  this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub.  This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse.  If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications.
  
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes. If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system(This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)
+
*Note: Added in V11.1.6.  This can be disabled for individual patients to meet HIPAA -see [[Med History Patient Disable]]
 
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med. 
 
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes. 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,420: Line 4,402:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''
+
''' Enable SCRIPT Messaging'''
  
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levelsThe task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network.  This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messagingWhen turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a faxThis occurs when the Rx Action is Send to RetailInbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages.  
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes onlyThe medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review.
+
* If set to '''N''' Script messaging will be disabled
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
 
 
 
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting.  This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows.  This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task. 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,440: Line 4,419:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''
+
''' Enable Touchscript Messaging'''
  
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.   
+
* If '''Y''' is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts.  If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager.   
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available.   
+
* If set to '''N''' this feature will be disabled.
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,458: Line 4,436:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' EPCS (Subkey:OTPDefaultDevice)'''
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''
+
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
 
+
*This preference does not need to be configured. Preference is defined when a one time password fills the OTP Device Type default on the Sign Prescription page for Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances.
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,476: Line 4,453:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Exact name of device is established during Verizon enrollment.
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This is automatically filled when the prescriber selects a device on Sign Prescription and signs the prescription.
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Administrator Only
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''
+
''' EPCSReportingServiceURL(Subkey: CommonReportingURL)'''
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
+
 
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.
+
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
 +
*Allows organizations to define,for EPCS functionality, the URL that Allscripts Touchworks EHR will connect to for EPCS Reporting Service. Any prescriber can access EPCS Report through the configured EPCS menu.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,493: Line 4,471:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>URL
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Default URL for production is https://connect.ps.allscriptscloud.com/Reporting<ul></li>Default URL for test is https://connect.psuat.allscriptscloud.com/Reporting
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
Line 4,500: Line 4,478:
  
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''
+
''' EPCSReportingServiceURL(Subkey: DOIReportURL)'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
+
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.
+
*Allows organizations to define,for EPCS functionality, the URL that Allscripts Touchworks EHR will connect to for EPCS Daily Report of Incidents portal service. Allows administrators the Tenant Admin or EPCS Approver permission access to the Daily Report of Incidents. This is available through EPCS Admin menu.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,511: Line 4,489:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>URL
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Default URL for production is https://droiportal.ps.allscriptsloud.com/EPCSReportingPortalService<ul>Default URL for test is https://roiportal.psuat.allscriptsloud.com/EPCSReportingPortalService
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''
+
''' Formulary Alternatives Reason Required'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibitedThis would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
+
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.   
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.
+
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available.   
 +
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,528: Line 4,507:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary w/ Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''
+
''' Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing'''
  
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
+
* If set to '''Immediate''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication. 
 
+
* If set to '''Deferred''' the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information.   
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not receive the warning.
 
 
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
 
 
 
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''
 
 
 
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.
 
 
 
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,555: Line 4,525:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Immediate</li><li>Deferred</li><li>Never
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Immediate
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''
+
''' Immunization - Expiration Date'''
  
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code.   
+
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter an expiration date.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.
  
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved. This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,574: Line 4,545:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''
 
  
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script.
+
''' Immunization - Lot Required'''
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription.   
+
 
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.
+
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a lot number.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a lot number.
 +
 
 +
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,593: Line 4,567:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''
+
''' Immunization - Manufacturer'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.
  
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script.  * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,610: Line 4,587:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''
+
''' Immunization - NDC'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.
  
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script. 
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription.
 
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,627: Line 4,604:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Immunization - Requiredness'''
  
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''
+
Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.
  
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". 
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription.
 
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task.  This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled. 
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.
 
  
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
Line 4,648: Line 4,622:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''
+
''' Immunization Order Authorization Required'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider.  This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider.   
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. 
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.
+
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes onlyThe immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review.  * If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,665: Line 4,639:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.4
+
''' MaxDailyDoseRequired'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V11.5
  
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.
+
*Allows organization to determine which controlled substance schedules require a Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,683: Line 4,657:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required|II|III|IV|V|All
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Admin Only
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''
+
*If '''Not Required''', for all controlled substances. Sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to not required for all controlled substances.
 +
*If II, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level II controlled substance.
 +
*If III, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level III controlled substance.
 +
*If IV, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level IV controlled substance.
 +
*If V, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level V controlled substance.
 +
*If All, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level I,II,III and V controlled substance.
 +
 
 +
''' MaxDaysToRetainDistributedCoupon'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking.  This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.
+
*Allows organization to determine the number of days to keep a distributed coupon for printing, faxing, viewing, or sending.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,699: Line 4,681:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Integer 7-30
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|7
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''
 
  
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions.  
+
''' MAR Prescription BarCode'''
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions.   
+
 
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.
+
* If set to '''AHS RX Number''' the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number.
 +
* If set to '''NDC''' the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code.   
 +
* If set tp '''GPI''' the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.
 +
 
 +
*Note: Do not change this preference.  It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,717: Line 4,702:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>AHS Rx Number</li><li>NDC</li><li>GPI
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do not change this setting
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''
+
''' Med Admin - Expiration Date'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.
  
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions.  
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions.   
 
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,735: Line 4,722:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing Supervision'''
+
''' Med Admin - Lot Required'''
  
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order.  This works with several other required authorization preferences.   
+
Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration.   
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' a lot is required to complete a medication administration. 
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
+
* If set to '''N''' a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorizationA new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.
 
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.  The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,761: Line 4,743:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Med Admin - Manufacturer'''
  
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''
+
Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.
  
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set. This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request.   
 
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient.  This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI. 
 
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,780: Line 4,762:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''
+
''' Med Admin - NDC'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID. 
  
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined.
+
*Note: Added in v11.1.7  
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set.  This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request. 
 
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.   
 
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,799: Line 4,780:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>Chargeable
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''
+
''' Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule'''
  
*Note: Added in v11.4
+
Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled.
  
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient. 
+
*Note: Added in v11.4  
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,820: Line 4,799:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''
+
''' Med Admin - Requiredness'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences ('''Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC''') are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail. 
  
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. 
+
*Note: Added in v11.4  
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,837: Line 4,816:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Complete</li><li>Required to Save
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Complete
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''
+
''' Med History Query Duration'''
  
*New in v11.2.2
+
This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub. The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.
  
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. 
+
*Note: Added in 11.1.6
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.
 
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,857: Line 4,834:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 (months)
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)
+
''' Medication History:''' Default value for Med Hx consent'''
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription
 
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with
 
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'    ''and''
 
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 
  
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'   ''and''
+
This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
+
* '''Unknown''' sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default.
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.
+
* '''Granted''' sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.
 +
* '''Declined''' sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.
  
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
+
|-
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Granted</li><li>Declined</li><li>Unknown
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unknown
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''
+
''' Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order'''
  
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature. 
+
This preference is enacted when the setting for '''ReqReAuthActivate''' preference is set to yes.  If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system. (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.   
+
   
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.   
+
* If this setting is set to '''0''', the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med.   
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising providerThe task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
+
* If set to '''5''', the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes.   
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,896: Line 4,872:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|0
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''
+
''' Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Prospective''' a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels.  The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled. 
 +
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only.  The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
  
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds. 
+
*Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization settingThis allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflowsThis would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task.   
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. 
 
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medicationThe task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.   
 
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medicationThe task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,915: Line 4,892:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Order Present Formulary Alternatives'''
  
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''
+
* If set to '''Off Formulary w/ Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.   
 
+
* If set to '''Preferred''' the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available.   
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds. 
+
* If set to '''Never''' the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives.   
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.   
 
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising providerThe task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,934: Line 4,910:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Off Formulary with Preferred</li><li>Preferred</li><li>Never
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Off Formulary w/ Preferred
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''
 
  
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications.
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx'''
  
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibitedThis would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
+
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,956: Line 4,928:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Depends on State/Federal Law
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''
 
  
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx'''
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. 
+
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 
 
 
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds.
 
 
 
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
 
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. 
 
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 4,986: Line 4,945:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''
 
  
*Note: Added in v11.4
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx'''
 
 
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,005: Line 4,963:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' RxWeb List Limit'''
+
''' Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx'''
  
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a searchThis can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited.  This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,021: Line 4,980:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depends on State/Federal Law
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''
+
''' Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
 +
 
 +
''' Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank
 +
 
 +
''' Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is available. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.
  
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.
+
*Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,038: Line 5,008:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''
+
''' Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code. 
  
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved.  This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.
+
* If set to '''N''' the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples.
 
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,056: Line 5,026:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Y</li><li>N
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples - Lot Required'''
+
''' Prescribe Print Problem'''
  
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples.   
+
Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script.   
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
+
* If set to ''''Y''' the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription.   
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
+
* If set to '''N''' the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,075: Line 5,045:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''
+
''' Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites'''
  
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples.   
+
Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script.  * If set to '''Y''' the Site will display on the prescription.   
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
+
* If set to '''N''' the Site will not display on the prescription.
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,098: Line 5,067:
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription'''
  
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''
+
Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script.   
 
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Site name and address will display on the prescription.   
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples.   
+
* If set to '''N''' the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
 
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,112: Line 5,080:
 
|-
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''
+
''' Prescribe Problem Linking Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active". 
 +
* If set to '''Required to Save''', the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription. 
 +
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''', the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task.  This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.
  
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples. 
+
*Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples. 
 
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,130: Line 5,100:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)'''
+
''' Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field'''
  
* New in v11.2.2
+
* If set to '''Y''' the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider.  This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider.
 
+
* If set to '''N''' the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180
 
days).
 
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the
 
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,151: Line 5,117:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''
+
''' Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit'''
  
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization.
+
*Note: Added in v11.4
  
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. 
+
Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. 
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,171: Line 5,135:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)'''
+
''' Prescribe Warn If Not Participating'''
  
* New in v11.2.2
+
Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking. This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.
 
 
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive
 
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days).  If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,190: Line 5,151:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions'''
  
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''
+
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions.  
 
+
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions.   
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization. 
+
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.
 
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first.   
 
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,210: Line 5,169:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==
+
''' Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions'''
  
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''
+
This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions.
 
+
* If set to '''Hide''' the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions.   
This Value is a number representing number of hours.  This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order.  If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.
+
* If set to '''Show''' the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,228: Line 5,187:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Show</li><li>Hide
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Prescribing Supervision'''
  
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''
+
Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order.  This works with several other required authorization preferences. 
 +
::'''Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired'''
 +
::'''ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 +
::'''ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
 +
::'''ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired'''
  
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify.
+
* If set to '''Y''' along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorization.  A new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.
 +
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.  The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,248: Line 5,214:
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Med/Orders List Review'''
 
  
*Note: This preference is currently not used.
+
''' Prescribing Without Allergy Status'''
  
 
+
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined.
''' Monitor Order Selection'''
+
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set.  This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request. 
 
+
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient.  This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.   
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting orders.  This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides.  This can be used to review workflows.  This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data.   
+
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,268: Line 5,232:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Cancel Reason'''
+
''' Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified'''
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order.
+
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined.
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue.  
+
* If set to '''Prevent''' the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set.  This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request.  
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.
+
* If set to '''Warn''' the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient.  This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.
 +
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,286: Line 5,251:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prevent</li><li>Warn</li><li>Do Not Warn
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''
+
''' Prevent Ord Abs Contraind'''
 +
 
 +
*Note: Added in v11.4
  
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable.  This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.   
+
This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient.   
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.  
+
* If set to '''Y''' the absolute contraindication rule is run.
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
+
* If set to '''N''' the absolute contraindication rule is not run.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,304: Line 5,271:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''
+
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions'''
  
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code.  This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.   
+
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication.   
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.   
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
+
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,322: Line 5,289:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''
+
''' Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)'''
 +
 
 +
*New in v11.2.2
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order.   
+
This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.   
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue.   
+
* If set to '''Y''' the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.  This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.   
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason.  
+
* If set to '''N''' the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,340: Line 5,309:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Defer Reason'''
+
In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)
 +
and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription
 +
(Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with
 +
Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'    ''and''
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 +
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. 
+
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'Y'    ''and''
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer. 
+
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason.  
+
:::''Then'' - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'N'
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
+
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
  
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription''' (without subkey),= 'N'    ''and''
 +
::'''ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)'''= 'Y'
 +
:::''Then'' - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
 +
 
 +
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. 
 +
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. 
 +
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. 
 
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. 
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,376: Line 5,348:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|This should be based upon the organization's policy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. 
 +
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. 
 +
* If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order.   
 
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. 
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,394: Line 5,367:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Order Void Reason'''
 
  
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order.   
+
''' Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds'''
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order.   
+
 
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.
+
This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds. 
 
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.   
 +
* If set to '''Notification Only''' the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  * If set to '''Authorization Before Fulfillment''' the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.  The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.  The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,412: Line 5,386:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Not Required</li><li>Notification Only</li><li>Authorization Before Fulfillment
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based Upon Organizational Policy
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
''' Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)'''
 +
 +
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications.
  
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''
+
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. 
 +
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. 
 +
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
  
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. 
 
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,430: Line 5,408:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''
+
''' Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications'''
 +
 
 +
Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications. 
 +
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications. 
 +
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds.
  
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or orderThe system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding.   
+
* If set to '''2''' signature is hidden for Class II medications.   
 +
* If set to '''2,3''' signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
 +
* If set to '''2,3,4,5''' signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.   
 +
* If set to '''Always''' signature is hidden for all medications.
  
*Default: Stay on worklist.
 
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
Line 5,448: Line 5,438:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>2</li><li>2,3</li><li>2,3,4</li><li>2,3,4,5</li><li>Always
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Abide by State Law
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Note Preferences'''==
+
''' RxWeb Outbound Problem Code'''
  
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section'''
+
*Note: Added in v11.4
  
* Added in v11.3
+
This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.
  
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.
 
 
If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''
 
  
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.
+
''' RxWeb List Limit'''
 +
 
 +
This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search.  This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|leave blank (unlimited)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''
 
  
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output.  ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
+
''' Samples: Default Despense Date'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise<ul><li>Org<ul><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''
+
''' Samples - ExpirationDateRequired'''
  
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
+
Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples.
 +
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Document Add Review Stamp'''  
+
''' Samples - Lot Required'''
  
* Added in v11.1.7
+
Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.
+
''' Samples - Manufacturer Required'''
  
If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.
+
Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples. 
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''
 
  
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.
+
''' Samples - Quantity Required'''
  
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''
+
Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples. 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''
 
  
This is a numeric value that represents hoursThis will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 noteA note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note.  This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open.  
+
 
 +
''' Samples - Quantity Units Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples.   
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples.   
 +
* If set to '''N''' the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Note Default Make Final'''
 
  
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.
+
''' Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)''' 
  
If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels.
+
* New in v11.2.2
  
If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.
+
This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180
 +
days).
 +
When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the
 +
preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric Value 1-179
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Leave Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''
+
''' Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required'''
  
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.
+
Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization.
  
If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing.  
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.
 
+
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first.
If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.  
 
 
If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.
 
 
 
If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation</li><li>Schedule</li><li>Task View</li><li>MD Charges
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Base Upon Organization Policy
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Note Default Owner'''
 
  
Determines the default owner for Notes.
+
''' Schedule II Meds Max Days)''' 
  
If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider. If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.
+
* New in v11.2.2
  
If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that userThis is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.
+
Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive
 +
than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days)If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.
  
If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU</li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner</li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Numeric value between 0-89
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Default Signature Display'''
 
  
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note.  The available formats are:
+
''' Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization. 
 +
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task. 
 +
* If set to '''Retrospective''' a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information.  The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail.  The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first. 
 +
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials</li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Prospective</li><li>Retrospective</li><li>Not Required
Date/Time - Signature Type</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Default Visit Type'''
+
''' Vaccine Information Statement'''
 
+
NOTE: Added in V15.1
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.
 
 
 
If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.
 
 
 
If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.
 
  
 +
*Allows organizations to determine the functionality and default preferences for the Immunization Details.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None</li><li>Last
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Note Default Visit Type'''
 
 
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.
 
  
If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.
+
*If set to '''None''', sets preference to mandatory and no default option is selected in Immunization Details.
 +
*If set to '''No''', the default is set to no and the user override is enabled allowing them to personalize the Vaccine Information Statement.
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', the default is set to yes then default optons are set for Immunization Details.
  
If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.
+
''' VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
 +
*Allows organizations to determine if '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Immunization Details.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None</li><li>Last
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/a
 
|}
 
|}
  
   
+
*If set to '''No''', '''Visually Verified By''' is not required on Immunization Details.
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''
+
*If set to '''Yes''', '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Immunization Details. The name of the user or provider who visually verified the immunization must be selected.
  
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit.  The task will automatically be completed once a note is created.  Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.
+
''' VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
+
*Allows organizations to determine if '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.
 
 
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks. 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/a
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''
+
*If set to '''No''', '''Visually Verified By''' is not required on Medication Details.
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', '''Visually Verified By''' is required on Medication Details. The name of the user or provider who visually verified the medication administration must be selected.
  
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them.  This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary.  Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.
+
=='''Meds/Orders Preferences'''==
  
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.
+
''' Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)'''
 
 
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. 
 
  
 +
This Value is a number representing number of hours.  This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order.  If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number 0-99
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|48 (hours)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications'''  New in v11.4.1
 
  
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring Workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.
+
''' Enable Rx-Orders Verification'''
  
'''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
+
* If set to '''Y''' this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history.  This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart.  A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify.
 
+
* If set to '''N''', the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.
'''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
   
+
''' Med/Orders List Review'''
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''
 
  
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''
+
*Note: This preference is currently not used.
  
  
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''
+
''' Monitor Order Selection'''
  
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notesThe v10 note selector will be presented to the user.
+
* If set to '''Y''' the system will track how users are selecting orders.  This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides.  This can be used to review workflowsThis information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data.
 
+
* If set to '''N''', they will not track how orders are selected.
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Is Clinical Note User'''
+
''' Order Cancel Reason'''
  
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.
+
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order. 
 
+
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue.  
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)
+
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code'''  
+
''' Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9'''
  
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.
+
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable.  This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.
 
+
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.  
If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
 
 
If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''
+
''' Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9'''
  
If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.
+
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code.  This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.
 
+
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order. 
If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required to Save</li><li>Needs Info Reason</li><li>Not Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Post Text to Current Note'''
+
''' Order Discontinue Reason'''
 
 
If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on.  This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
 
 
 
If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order. 
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason. 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''
+
''' Order Defer Reason'''
  
'''This preference is no longer used.'''
+
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order. 
 
+
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer. 
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''
+
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason.  
 
 
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Requird
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''
+
''' Order Entered in Error Reason'''
 
 
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error. 
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''
+
''' Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
 
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order.   
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Orders Preferences'''==
+
''' Order Void Reason'''
 
 
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''
 
 
 
This preference affects the '''New''' button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop.
 
This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"
 
 
 
*  If set to '''Problem Based''' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.
 
*  If set to '''Rx-Orders''' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.
 
  
 +
* If set to '''Required''' the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order. 
 +
* If set to '''Prompt''' the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order. 
 +
* If set to '''Allowed''' the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Problem Based<ul></li><li>Rx Orders
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Required</li><li>Prompt</li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:'''
 
  
Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.
 
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
''' Overdue Order Task Creation'''
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
 
 +
* If set to '''All Overdue''' the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue. 
 +
* If set to '''Overdue Important''' the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>All Overdue</li><li>Overdue Important
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|All Overdue
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''
+
''' Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void'''
  
*  If set to '''Y''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.
+
Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or orderThe system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding.
* If set to '''N''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.
 
  
 +
*Default: Stay on worklist.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Stay on Worklist</li><li>Go to next patient
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''
+
=='''Note Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
'''Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing'''
 +
 
 +
*NOTE: Added in V15.1
  
This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created. This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order.
+
Determines the workspace where Allscripts Touchworks EHR will navigate to once a Prenatal note is saved and closed from the Prenatal tab. This preference is only used for versions of Allscripts Touchworks EHR that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 5,985: Line 5,981:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 0-99
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Task View</li><li>No Navigation</li><li>Schedule</li><li>MD Charges
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|6 Days
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| Set at User Level based on workflow
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:'''  
+
'''Auto Insert Note Audit Section'''  
 +
 
 +
* Added in v11.3
 +
 
 +
This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.
  
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI.
+
If set to '''N''' the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,002: Line 6,003:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:'''  
+
'''Default Signature Type for Scan Document'''  
  
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.
+
*NOTE:  Added in v15.1
  
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.
+
Determines the default signature type on scanned documents.
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,021: Line 6,021:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Available options are filled from the '''Signature Purpose''' dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 +
'''Default Signature Type for Structured Notes and Admin Forms'''
  
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''
+
*NOTE:  Added in v15.1
Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.
 
  
*  If set to '''Y''' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.
+
Determines the default signature type on '''Note Signature''' page for V11 Note and Admin Form document types.
*  If set to '''N''' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,039: Line 6,039:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Available options are filled from the '''Signature Purpose''' dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''
+
'''Default Signature Type for Unstructured Note'''  
 +
 
 +
*NOTE:  Added in v15.1
  
This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order. 
+
Determines the default signature type for unstructured notes.
* Value of '''0''' means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.
 
* Value of '''blank''' means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,057: Line 6,057:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Available options are filled from the '''Signature Purpose''' dictionary
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|O Minutes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''
+
'''Default Specialty In Form Selector'''
  
*  If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item.  This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.
+
Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.
*  If set to '''Retrospective''' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item.  This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.
 
*  If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,075: Line 6,073:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prospective<ul></li><li>Retrospective<ul></li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 +
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment'''
  
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''
+
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Assessment''' Section of the Note Output( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
 
 
*  If set to '''Y''' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.
 
* If set to '''N''' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,092: Line 6,089:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Entry Authorization'''
+
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List'''
  
*  If set to '''Y''' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.
+
Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the '''Problem List''' Section of the Note Output( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)
* If set to '''N''' orders will not require authorization.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,109: Line 6,105:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9</li><li>ICD-10</li><li>Both</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Entry Notify Level'''
+
'''Document Add Review Stamp'''  
 +
 
 +
* Added in v11.1.7
  
This setting is no longer used, leave blank.
+
Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects '''Done''' to resolve the task rather than '''Sign'''
  
'''Order Expiration Date Default'''
+
If set to '''Y''' a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.
  
Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Interval Days'''.
+
If set to '''N''' no review stamp will display.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,129: Line 6,127:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>To Be Done<ul></li><li>Date Order Entered
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)'''
+
'''Enable Note Charge Summary'''  
  
Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Date Default''' preference.
+
*NOTE: Added in v15.1
  
Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of
+
Determines whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the '''Note Authoring''' workspace for chargeable encounters.
the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,148: Line 6,145:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Organizational Decision
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''
 
  
*  If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.
+
 
*  If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
+
'''Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days'''
*  If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.
+
 
 +
Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.
 +
 
 +
''' Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.'''
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,166: Line 6,164:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Number 1-999 Days
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time'''
  
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''
+
This is a numeric value that represents hours. This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 noteA note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the noteThis preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open.  
 
 
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.
 
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
 
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,184: Line 6,180:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li> Numeric 1-24
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do Not Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|24 Hours
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
 
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''
+
'''NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface'''
  
*  If set to '''Required to Save''' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order.
+
Determines whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary.  
*  If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent.
 
*  If set to '''Not Required''' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,202: Line 6,196:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required to Save<ul></li><li>Needs Info Reason<ul></li><li>Not Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Organization</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
|}
+
|}  
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', users can submit charges from '''Charge Summary'''.
 +
*If set to '''No''', a message will display that charges must be submitted from the '''Encounter Form'''.
 +
     
 +
 
 +
'''Note Default Make Final'''
 +
 
 +
Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.
  
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''
+
If set to '''Y''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels. 
  
If set to '''Y''' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.
+
If set to '''N''' the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.
*  If set to '''N''' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,219: Line 6,220:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing'''
 
  
*  If set to '''Immediate''' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.
+
'''Default Navigation After Signing'''
If set to '''Deferred''' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.
+
 
If set to '''Never''' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.
+
Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''No Navigation''' the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing.  
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Schedule''' the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Task View''' the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''MD Charges''' the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,237: Line 6,244:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>No Navigation</li><li>Schedule</li><li>Task View</li><li>MD Charges
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Set at User Level Based on Workflow
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
+
 
'''Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''
+
'''Note Default Owner'''
  
*  If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
+
Determines the default owner for Notes.
*  If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
 
*  If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted.
 
  
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
+
If set to '''Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used''' the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider.  If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
  
'''Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''
+
If set to '''Always use Most recently used note owner''' the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user.  This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.
  
If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
+
If set to '''None''' the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.
*  If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
 
*  If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,273: Line 6,266:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU</li><li>Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner</li><li>None
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''
+
'''Note Default Signature Display'''
  
*  If set to '''Y''' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.
+
This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a noteThe available formats are:
* If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders.  This setting does not apply to medications.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,290: Line 6,282:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials</li><li>Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials;
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
Date/Time - Signature Type</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)</li><li>Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Note Default Visit Type'''
 +
 +
Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.
  
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching'''  
+
If set to '''None''' the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.
  
Note: Added in v11.1.7
+
If set to '''Last''' the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.
  
* If set to '''Order Only''' the system behaves as it is currently. 
 
* If set to '''Exact Match''' the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated.  If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,309: Line 6,304:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Order Only<ul></li><li>Exact Match
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>None</li><li>Last
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Order Only
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|None
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''When to Use Default Supervising Provider'''
 
  
Note: New in v11.2
+
   
 +
'''Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks'''
  
This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders.  
+
This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit.  The task will automatically be completed once a note is created.  Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.
  
If set to '''Always''' the application looks to ''Supervising Provider'' on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.
+
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
::*If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).  
 
  
If set to '''As Needed''' the application tries to utilize the indicated ''Ordering Provider'', if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the '''Default Supervising Provider ID''' preference.
+
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.
::*If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present.
 
::*If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By.
 
::*If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,335: Line 6,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>As Needed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Needed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Problem Preferences'''==
+
'''Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks'''
 +
 
 +
This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them.  This setting also depends on the '''Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization''' setting in the [[Document Type]] dictionary.  Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.
  
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:'''  
+
If set to '''Y''' the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.
  
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
+
If set to '''N''' the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks. 
  
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,355: Line 6,346:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:'''  
+
'''Note Include TempDeferred Medications''' New in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring Workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.
  
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
+
'''Y'''- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
  
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.
+
'''N'''- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,373: Line 6,366:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:'''  
+
   
 +
'''Note Lock Lists After Number Days'''
 +
 
 +
''' This preference is no longer in use.'''
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''Is V10 Note User Only'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes.  The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.
  
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
+
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them.
  
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,391: Line 6,390:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
 +
'''Is Clinical Note User'''
  
'''ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults'''
+
If set to '''Y''' the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.
  
'''NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3'''
+
If set to '''N''' the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)
 
 
Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,410: Line 6,408:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept</li><li>Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base</li><li>Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Based on Organization
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
''' All View: Defaults for Hiding'''
+
'''NoteOutputProgressCheckWarningTiming'''  
  
Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default.
+
Enables Organizations to decide if and when a warning is displayed if a note output that is configured to participate in note output progress check is not complete.
  
* If Set to '''None''' then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.
+
If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,428: Line 6,428:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Transitioned, Suppressed<ul></li><li>Transitioned<ul></li><li>Suppressed<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never</li><li>On Closing</li><li>On signing</li><li>On Finalization
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Transitioned, Suppressed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search'''
+
*If set to '''Never''', if the output is incomplete no warning is displayed to the user.
 +
*If set to '''On Closing''', a warning will display when a note is closed that has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
 +
*If set to '''On Signing''', a warning will display when a note is signed that has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
 +
*If set to '''On Finalization''', a warning will display when a note is finalized has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code'''  
 +
 
 +
Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
If set to '''Y''' the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.
  
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem
+
If set to '''N''' the E&M coder will not require these values.  
or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search
 
Dialog.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,448: Line 6,454:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
     
 
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.
  
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.
+
If set to '''N''' the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,466: Line 6,472:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
+
'''OrderAuthenticationTimeOut'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in V17.1
  
*  If set to '''Y''' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user.  This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.
+
Allows organizations to determine the amount of time a user can be logged in the application before re-entering his/her password to sign a V11 note.
*  If set to '''N''' problems will not get set to an unverified status.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Integer
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|5
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''ExportProblemCreateDateInCED'''
+
*If value is set to '''0''', the user must enter his/her password to sign a note.
 +
*If value is set to '''5''', the user will be prompted to enter his/her password if their session time exceeds 5 minutes.
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Post Text to Current Note'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Y''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on. This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
 +
 
 +
If set to '''N''' the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off.  There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows. 
  
A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,501: Line 6,511:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems'''
+
'''PreventNoteMakeFinal (Subkey: Charge Summary)'''
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
+
Determines if a note can be signed and made final from Charge Summary when encounter items are still pending and their is a workers' compensation case ID.
  
enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details).  The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary '''Family health history is not documented in first degree relative'''.
 
   
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,519: Line 6,527:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Family History
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
|}  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
*If set to '''Yes''', and the Encounter Summary is associated with a case ID that has pending items, the note cannot be signed and made final until complete. A warning message will display.
 +
*If set to '''No''', and the Encounter Summary is associated with a case ID that has pending items, the note can be signed and made final.
 +
 
 +
'''UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate'''
 +
 
 +
'''This preference is no longer used.'''
  
'''Managed By Provider Required'''
+
'''Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages'''
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.
  
Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.
 
* If set to '''Y''' then a Managed by Provider is required. 
 
**Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box. 
 
**If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box. 
 
**If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,541: Line 6,550:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Problem Resolved Date Equals Today'''
+
'''Use V11 Note Copy Forward/Previous Hx/Exam behavior'''
  
*  If set to '''Y''' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.
+
Allows organization to configure Copy/Forward function.  
*  If set to '''N''' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,558: Line 6,566:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Disable Copy Forward/Previous</li><li>Allow Copy Forward/Previous</li><li>Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allow Copy Forward/Previous
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Problem Include in PMH All'''
+
*If set to '''Disable Copy Forward/Previous''', Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History will not be available from the note authoring workspace.
 +
*If set to '''Disable Copy Forward/Previous''', Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History will be available from the note authoring workspace and will copy regardless of whether you edit the form from a previous note.
 +
*If set to '''Limited Copy forward/Previous after note form edit''', Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy form data based on the note form controls.
 +
 
 +
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message'''
  
*  If set to '''Unchecked''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
+
This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
*  If set to '''Checked for All''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
 
*  If set to '''Checked for Chronic Only''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,576: Line 6,586:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Unchecked<ul></li><li>Checked for All<ul></li><li>Checked for Chronic Only
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unchecked
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Problem List Review'''  
+
'''V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject'''
  
This is currently unused, leave blank.
+
This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.
 
 
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''
 
 
 
*  If set to '''Y''' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed. 
 
*  If set to '''N''' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,597: Line 6,602:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>User entered Text
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Show Billable Indicators'''
+
=='''Order Status Reason Preferences'''==
 +
Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types.
 +
The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:
 
+
::* '''Required'''
Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results.
+
::* '''Prompt'''
 
+
::* '''Allowed'''
* If set to '''Y''' then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.
+
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''
* If set to '''N''' then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.
 
  
**Note: The '''Show Billing Information For''' and '''Derive Billing Indicator''' preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.
+
'''Allow free text for reminder reasons'''
 +
*This preference adds/enables a Free Text Reason box to open for patient reminders in Health Management Reminder Details.
 +
::* '''Allowed''' - Allows the '''Free Text Reason''' box to display on the Health Management Reminder Details so that a free text reason can be entered. This is the default setting.
 +
::* '''Required'''- Requires that a reason is entered into the '''Free Text Reason''' box on the Health Management Reminder Details.
 +
::* '''Prompt''' - The '''Free Text Reason''' box will prompt for a reason to be entered on the Health Management Reminder Details, however an entry is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,620: Line 6,630:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''ShowBillingInformationFor'''
 
  
NOTE: Added in 11.4
+
'''Clinical Findings Cancel Reason'''
  
Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry.    
+
This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details. 
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,638: Line 6,650:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Clinical Findings DC Reason'''
  
'''Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only'''
+
Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
If set to '''Y''' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
If set to '''N''' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,655: Line 6,670:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
+
   
'''When No Linked V code for PMH'''  
+
'''Clinical Findings Defer Reason'''
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code.  
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,673: Line 6,690:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<ul></li><li>Show no Diagnosis Codes
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Reconciler Preferences'''==
+
'''Clinical Findings EIE Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
''' DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged'''
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.
Note: New to v11.3
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue.  
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|90 days
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
  
''' Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search'''
+
'''Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
Note: New to v11.3
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page.  If no values selected then search is by patient MRN only.  
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Other</li><li>Other2</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''3)Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search'''  
+
'''Clinical Findings Void Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
Note: New to v11.3
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details
 +
::::Note:  Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Work</li><li>Cell</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul>
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
=='''Results Preferences'''==
+
'''Dx Imaging Cancel Reason'''
 
+
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
If set to '''Y''' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
If set to '''N''' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,749: Line 6,768:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years oldThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive.
+
'''Dx Imaging DC Reason'''
 +
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,765: Line 6,788:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and youngerThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.
+
'''Dx Imaging Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,781: Line 6,808:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and olderThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.
+
'''Dx Imaging EIE Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,797: Line 6,828:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''
 
  
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and olderThis value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.
+
'''Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,813: Line 6,848:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
 
  
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
+
'''Dx Imaging Void Reason'''
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,832: Line 6,868:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Follow Up Order Cancel Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
* If set to '''Y''' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
* If set to '''N''' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
+
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,853: Line 6,888:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document'''
 
  
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.
+
 
+
'''Follow Up Order DC Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
 +
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 6,869: Line 6,908:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3 Days
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''
 
  
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created.  
+
 
 +
'''Follow Up Order Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,885: Line 6,928:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Follow Up Order EIE Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
* When set to '''Y''' the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default.  
+
::* '''Allowed'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
* When set to '''N''' the system does not checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox.
+
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,906: Line 6,948:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Disable To/CC Button'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box.  
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.
+
::* '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,926: Line 6,968:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification If Did Not Order'''
 
  
Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.
+
'''Follow Up Order Void Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
* If set to '''Prevent''' a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
If set to '''Warn''' a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
If set to '''Do Not Warn''' a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,946: Line 6,988:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Navigate After Review'''
 
  
Determines the system response when the user that is verifying the result is '''Not''' the ordering provider.
+
'''Immunization Order Cancel Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text.                                                                When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,962: Line 7,008:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Result Verification Navigation After QVerify'''
 
  
Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All.
 
  
* If set to '''Go To Note''' the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.
+
'''Immunization Order DC Reason'''
If set to '''Go To Next Patient''' the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.
+
* Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:
If set to '''Stay on Worklist''' the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient.  
+
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text.                                                    When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
 +
::'''Allowed'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 6,982: Line 7,028:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Go to Next Patient
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Note Type for QVerify'''
 
 
Updated Values in 11.4.1
 
 
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note.  This also defines default the note type used for QVerify.  '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.
 
  
 +
'''Immunization Order Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text.                                                   
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,001: Line 7,048:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Note Type for Verify'''
 
  
Updated Values in 11.4.1
+
'''Immunization Order EIE Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE).  The prompts are:
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify.  '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.
+
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.                                                    
 +
::* '''Prompt'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily  deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,019: Line 7,068:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify'''
 
 
Modified in v11.1.7
 
Determines the default note use value for the QVerify action.
 
 
*  If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen.  This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.
 
*  If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default.  This would also set the behavior of QVerify.
 
*  If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.
 
  
 +
'''Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order.  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.                                                   
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 7,040: Line 7,087:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Note Use - For Verify'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Immunization Order Void Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order. The prompts are:
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action.  
+
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.                                                    
* If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of Verify.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.
If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,061: Line 7,107:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Instruction Cancel Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order. The prompts are:
This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.                          
 
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
*  If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled.  
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.
 
If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected.
 
If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note.
 
  
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 7,086: Line 7,127:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
 
 
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
 
  
Determines the default communication method for Verify.
+
'''Instruction DC Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order. The prompts are:
*  If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default,  a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.                        
* If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.  
If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results''' this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,110: Line 7,147:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
     
 
'''Results Verification Portal Note Subject Line'''
 
  
'''NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
 
  
Determines the content of the Subject line in a V11 results verification note if the results are set up to be sent to Allscripts Patient Portal™.
+
'''Instruction Defer Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order.  The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,128: Line 7,167:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Qverify'''
 
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
+
'''Instruction EIE Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using QVerify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for QVerify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,146: Line 7,187:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Verify'''
 
  
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
+
'''Instruction Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using Verify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for Verify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box.                         
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,164: Line 7,207:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Result Verification Task Assignment'''
 
  
Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated Results Verification tasks.  
+
'''Instruction Void Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:
If set to '''Current User''' the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.
+
::* '''Required'''- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
If set to '''Ordering Provider''' the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,183: Line 7,227:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Current User<ul></li><li>Ordering Provider
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Ordering Provider
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Required'''
 
  
Determines if the results verification is required.  
+
'''Laboratory Cancel Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:
* If set to '''Y''' the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default.  This specifically pertains to manually entered results. Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this settingIf a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text.                      
If set to '''N''' the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.  
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,202: Line 7,247:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify'''
 
 
Modified in v11.1.7
 
  
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action.  
+
'''Laboratory DC Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:
If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text.                      
If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.
If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''-You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,224: Line 7,267:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify'''
 
  
Added in v11.1.7
+
'''Laboratory Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action.  
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.                      
 
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text in the Text box.
If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,246: Line 7,287:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry'''
+
'''Laboratory EIE Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of a laboratory order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
* If set to '''Y''' the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order.  If the Order has multiple resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only.  
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.                    
If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results.  
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE. You can close Order Details without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of a laboratory order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the laboratory order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,263: Line 7,306:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''RV V11 Note eReply when Verify & Next Patient'''
+
'''Laboratory Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.                    
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
This preference determines whether V11 portal notes are set for automatic eReply when the user selects the Verify & Next Patient action.  
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
+
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
* If set to '''Y''', the eReply action is completed automatically if the user has the appropriate finalization authority for the document type.  
 
* If set to '''N''' the eReply action is not completed automatically when the user selects Verify & Next Patient. Instead, an eReply Portal Note task is created for the provider, alerting them that the note needs to be finalized before it is sent to the portal.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,284: Line 7,325:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' 
 
  
* New in v11.4.1
+
'''Laboratory Void Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
Determines the stages unverified results can be released in for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs)This preference applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin.  
+
::* '''Required'''-Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.                    
 
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
This works in conjunction with the '''UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs''' preference. Only unverified results in the stages selected are released electronically. At least 1 stage must be selected and more than 1 can be selected.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details..
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined
 +
reason for voiding the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also
 +
enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
  
::* If UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs is set to '''Never''' unverified results are never released, even if 1 or more options are selected for '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''.
 
::*  Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released
 
::*  Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''
 
 
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
Line 7,308: Line 7,347:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Preliminary<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected<ul></li><li>Amended
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected or Amended
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Unverified Results When To Release To CED's''
+
'''Med Admin Order Cancel Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Med Admin order is cancelled. The prompts are:
* New in v11.4.1
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
 
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Med Admin order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
Determines when to release unverified results for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).This applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. It works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhichResultsStagesToRelease preference.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Med Admin order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
If set to '''Never''', Unverified results are never released for inclusion in CEDs, regardless of how the UnverifiedResultsWhichStagesToRelease preference is set.
 
If set to '''1 Day, 2 Days, 3 Days, or 4 Days''', that is the number of business days after the date the unverified result was created (for Preliminary or Final stages) or last updated (for Corrected or Amended stages) that the unverified result will be released to CEDs:
 
 
 
:Note:
 
::*  Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released
 
::*  Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' 
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,333: Line 7,366:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never<ul></li><li>1 Days<ul></li><li>2 Days<ul></li><li>3 Days<ul></li><li>4 Days
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Use UAI Vital Signs Integration'''
+
'''Med Admin Order DC Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Med Admin order. The prompts are:
* If set to '''Y''' the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI toolThis requires extra setup and the UAI moduleThis product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Allyn device.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                      
If set to '''N''' the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 +
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,350: Line 7,385:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
'''Vitals Picklist'''
+
'''Med Admin Order Defer Reason'''
 
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be usedThis picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is DeferredChange Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admins Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,366: Line 7,404:
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 
|-
 
|-
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Drop Down list of Valid Vital Signs Picklists defined in the OID
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization Specific
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
  
=Removed in 11.2=
+
'''Med Admin Order Entered in Error Reason'''
==From General==
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
*UAIInstallLocation
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
*Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
 
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
==From Orders==
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
*Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition
 
*Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition
 
*OrderEntryAuthLevel
 
*OrderEntryNotification
 
*OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit
 
 
 
=New in 11.4.1=
 
 
 
*'''Free Text Reason for Status Change and Order Status Reason Preferences'''
 
A new Text box has been added to the Change Status page, enabling you to enter a free text reason for changing the status of an order to Active, Completed, Canceled, Temporary Deferral, Permanent Deferral, Voided, Discontinued, and EIE (entered in error). You can use the Text box independently, or in addition to selecting other predefined order status reasons.
 
Text entered in Text is included as part of the reason an order was not performed in clinical quality measure reports. You can view the text entered in the Text box in several areas  the application, including the Orders component of the Clinical Desktop, Order Viewer, Order Details, the order Audit Viewer, and the Note Authoring workspace.
 
Seventy-two new preferences have been added to the Order Status Reason category of TW Admin > Preferences and are described below.
 
 
 
=='''Order Status Reason Preferences'''== 
 
 
 
Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types.
 
The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.
 
 
 
There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:
 
::* '''Required'''
 
::* '''Prompt'''
 
::*  '''Allowed'''
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''
 
 
 
'''Clinical Findings Cancel Reason'''
 
 
 
This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.  
 
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,421: Line 7,428:
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Clinical Findings DC Reason'''
 
  
Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
+
'''Med Admin Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.  
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Med Admin Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.  
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
Line 7,441: Line 7,447:
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 
|}
 
|}
   
 
'''Clinical Findings Defer Reason'''
 
  
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
+
'''Med Admin Order Void Reason'''
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.  
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can OverrideYes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Medication Order Cancel Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Medication order is cancelled. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Medication order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Medication order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Medication order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
'''Clinical Findings EIE Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
|}
 
 
'''Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason'''
 
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
 
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
 
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Medication Order DC Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Medication order. The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
'''Clinical Findings Void Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::::Note:  Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment
+
|-
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Medication Order Defer Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medications Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Dx Imaging Cancel Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
*  Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
    User Can OverrideYes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
|}
 
+
   
'''Dx Imaging DC Reason'''
+
'''Medication Order Entered in Error Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.  
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Dx Imaging Defer Reason'''
+
'''Medication Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
* Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Medication Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Dx Imaging EIE Reason'''
+
|-
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
'''Medication Order Void Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Dx Imaging Void Reason'''
+
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Cancel Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Follow Up Order Cancel Reason'''
 
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
 
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
 
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order DC Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Other Diagnostic Testing order. The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
'''Follow Up Order DC Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Follow Up Order Defer Reason'''
+
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Defer Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testings Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Follow Up Order EIE Reason'''
+
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Entered in Error Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
|-
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
|}
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Follow Up Order Void Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Immunization Order Cancel Reason'''
+
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Void Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text.                                                                 When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Immunization Order DC Reason'''
+
'''Precaution Order Cancel Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Precaution order is cancelled. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text.                                                    When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Precaution order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Precaution order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Immunization Order Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text.                                                   
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
+
|-
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Immunization Order EIE Reason'''
+
'''Precaution Order DC Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Precaution order. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.                                                    
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily  deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
'''Precaution Order Defer Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order.  The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.                                                    
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precautions Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Immunization Order Void Reason'''
 
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.                                                   
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.
 
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Precaution Order Entered in Error Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Instruction Cancel Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.                         
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
   
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Precaution Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Precaution Permanent Deferral.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Instruction DC Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.                         
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Precaution Order Void Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Instruction Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.                        
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.  
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 +
'''Referral Order Cancel Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Referral order is cancelled. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Referral order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Referral order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Referral order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Referral order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can OverrideYes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Referral Order DC Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Referral order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
'''Instruction EIE Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE).  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.                         
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Referral Order Defer Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Instruction Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box.                         
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Referral Order Entered in Error Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Instruction Void Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
|}
  
'''Laboratory Cancel Reason'''
+
'''Referral Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Referral Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text.                         
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                         
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.  
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Laboratory DC Reason'''
+
'''Referral Order Void Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text.                         
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                         
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''-You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
     Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Supplies Cancel Reason'''
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Supplies order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Supplies order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
    User Can OverrideYes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Supplies order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Supplies order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
'''Laboratory Defer Reason'''
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Supplies order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
+
      
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.                      
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text in the Text box.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Supplies DC Reason'''
 +
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Supply order. The prompts are:
 +
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                      
 +
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Laboratory EIE Reason'''
 
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of a laboratory order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.                     
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE. You can close Order Details without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of a laboratory order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the laboratory order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
 
  
    Available OptionsRequired, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
'''Supplies Defer Reason'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
::* '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 +
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 +
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
'''Laboratory Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.                   
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Laboratory Void Reason'''
+
'''Supplies Entered in Error Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''-Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.                    
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when you void a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details..
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
reason for voiding the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also
 
enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Med Admin Order Cancel Reason'''
+
'''Supplies Permanent Defer Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Med Admin order is cancelled. The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Supplies Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                        
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Med Admin order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Med Admin order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Med Admin Order DC Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Med Admin order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
|-
 
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
|}
  
'''Med Admin Order Defer Reason'''
+
'''Supplies Void Reason'''
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                         
+
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                         
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admins Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for voiding the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void Reason status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required  
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required<ul></li><li>Prompt<ul></li><li>Allowed<ul></li><li>Non Free Text Reason Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Allowed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
  
'''Med Admin Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
=='''Orders Preferences'''==
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for EIE the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Med Admin Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
This preference affects the '''New''' button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Med Admin Permanent Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
* If set to '''Problem Based''' the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
* If set to '''Rx-Orders''' the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Med Admin Order Void Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Problem Based<ul></li><li>Rx Orders
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets
     Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
      
 +
'''Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:'''
  
'''Medication Order Cancel Reason'''
+
Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Medication order is cancelled. The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Medication order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Medication order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Medication order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
 
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Medication Order DC Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Medication order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Medication Order Defer Reason'''
+
*  If set to '''Y''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
If set to '''N''' the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medications Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
'''Medication Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
|-
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for EIE the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
*Select font to be used for barcodes on order requisitions'''
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Medication Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Medication Permanent Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Code 128<ul></li><li>Code 139
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Medication Order Void Reason'''
+
This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is createdThis is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order.   
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::* '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Cancel Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
|-
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes</li><li>No
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order DC Reason'''
+
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:'''  
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Other Diagnostic Testing order. The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
 
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI.
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testings Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for EIE the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites.
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Hold Orders for ABN'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Other Diagnostic Testing Order Void Reason'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
+
If set to '''N''' the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Precaution Order Cancel Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Precaution order is cancelled. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Precaution order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Precaution order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
|-
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
    User Can Override: Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
'''Precaution Order DC Reason'''
+
'''Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order'''
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Precaution order. The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order.  
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
* Value of '''0''' means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
+
* Value of '''blank''' means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Precaution Order Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::'''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precautions Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|O Minutes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Non-Medication Order Authorization Required'''
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
* If set to '''Prospective''' an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item.  This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
* If set to '''Retrospective''' and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' no tasks will be created.
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Precaution Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for EIE the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prospective<ul></li><li>Retrospective<ul></li><li>Not Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Not Required
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Order Medical Necessity Turned On'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Precaution Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
If set to '''Y''' Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Precaution Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
+
If set to '''N''' Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
 
::'''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Precaution Order Void Reason'''
+
'''Order Entry Authorization'''
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Referral Order Cancel Reason'''
+
* If set to '''Y''' Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Referral order is cancelled. The prompts are:
+
If set to '''N''' orders will not require authorization.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Referral order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
 
::'''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Referral order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Referral order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Referral order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
 
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Referral Order DC Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Referral order. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Order Entry Notify Level'''  
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Referral Order Defer Reason'''
+
This setting is no longer used, leave blank.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
'''Order Expiration Date Default'''
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Referral Order Entered in Error Reason'''
+
Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Interval Days'''.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for EIE the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>To Be Done<ul></li><li>Date Order Entered
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Referral Order Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
'''Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)'''
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Referral Permanent Deferral.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with '''Order Expiration Date Default''' preference.
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Referral Order Void Reason'''
+
Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
+
the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for voiding the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
   
 
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Supplies Cancel Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Supplies order is cancelled. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Supplies order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when Supplies order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Supplies order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::* '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Supplies order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
+
|-
   
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Organizational Decision
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
+
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can then personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies'''
  
'''Supplies DC Reason'''
+
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Supply order. The prompts are:
+
If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.                       
+
If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is discontinued.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for discontinuing the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
  
'''Supplies Defer Reason'''
+
'''Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications'''
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Deferral.  The prompts are:
 
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
 
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for Deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
* If set to '''Prevent''' the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
* If set to '''Warn''' the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
+
* If set to '''Do Not Warn''' the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Supplies Entered in Error Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to EIE.  The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                       
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is EIE.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::'''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for EIE the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Do Not Warn
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Order Problem Linking Required'''
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
* If set to '''Required to Save''' the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order.
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
* If set to '''Needs Info Reason''' the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent.
    Can be set on these levels:  Enterprise, Organization and User
+
* If set to '''Not Required''' a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order.
    User Can Override: Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
'''Supplies Permanent Defer Reason'''
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Supplies Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Permanently Deferred.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
+
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Required to Save<ul></li><li>Needs Info Reason<ul></li><li>Not Required
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Required to Save
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field'''
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user.  
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing'''
 +
 
 +
If set to '''Immediate''' the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.
 +
If set to '''Deferred''' the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.
 +
If set to '''Never''' and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.
  
    Available Options: Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
    Recommended Setting: Allowed
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
    User Can OverrideYes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
+
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing'''
  
'''Supplies Void Reason'''
+
*  If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
* Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Void.  The prompts are:
+
If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
::* '''Required'''- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.                      
+
If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted.  
::*  '''Prompt'''- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Voided.  Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
 
::*  '''Allowed'''- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
 
::*  '''Non Free Text Reason Required'''- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until  a predefined reason for voiding the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void Reason status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
 
    Available Options:  Required, Prompt, Allowed, Non Free Text Reason Required
 
    Recommended Setting:  Allowed
 
    Can be set on these levels: Enterprise, Organization and User
 
    User Can Override:  Yes, user can personalize from the Clinical Toolbar
 
  
=New in 15.1=
+
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Deferred
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Immediate''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
 +
*  If set to '''Deferred''' and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
 +
*  If set to '''Never''' and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Immediate<ul></li><li>Deferred<ul></li><li>Never
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders.  This setting does not apply to medications.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Unspecified Billing Provider Matching'''
 +
 
 +
Note: Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Order Only''' the system behaves as it is currently. 
 +
* If set to '''Exact Match''' the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated.  If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Order Only<ul></li><li>Exact Match
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Order Only
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''When to Use Default Supervising Provider'''
 +
 
 +
Note: New in v11.2
 +
 
 +
This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Always''' the application looks to ''Supervising Provider'' on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.
 +
::*If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''As Needed''' the application tries to utilize the indicated ''Ordering Provider'', if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the '''Default Supervising Provider ID''' preference.
 +
::*If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present.
 +
::*If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By.
 +
::*If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Always<ul></li><li>As Needed
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Needed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
=='''Problem Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
'''ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
 
 +
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
 +
 
 +
Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
 
 +
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
 +
 
 +
Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Non-Billable<ul></li><li>Seach Phys Exam Findings<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept<ul></li><li>Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base<ul></li><li>Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:'''
 +
 
 +
'''Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3'''
 +
 
 +
Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Return results with ICD9 Codes Only</li><li>Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only</li><li>Exclude Physical Exam Findings
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
'''ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults'''
 +
 
 +
'''NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3'''
 +
 
 +
Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Exclude Synonyms</li><li>Limit Search Results per Concept</li><li>Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base</li><li>Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
''' All View: Defaults for Hiding'''
 +
 
 +
Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default. 
 +
 
 +
* If Set to '''None''' then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Transitioned, Suppressed<ul></li><li>Transitioned<ul></li><li>Suppressed<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Transitioned, Suppressed
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem
 +
or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search
 +
Dialog.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10<ul></li><li>Both<ul></li><li>None
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Both
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Enable Problem Verification''' see [[Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification]]
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user.  This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' problems will not get set to an unverified status.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Yes</li><li>No</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li><li>User</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''ExportProblemCreateDateInCED'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4.1
 +
 
 +
enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details).  The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary '''Family health history is not documented in first degree relative'''.
 +
   
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Family History
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}   
 +
 
 +
'''Managed By Provider Required'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' then a Managed by Provider is required. 
 +
**Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box. 
 +
**If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box. 
 +
**If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Problem Resolved Date Equals Today'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Problem Include in PMH All'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Unchecked''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
 +
*  If set to '''Checked for All''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
 +
*  If set to '''Checked for Chronic Only''' the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Unchecked<ul></li><li>Checked for All<ul></li><li>Checked for Chronic Only
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Unchecked
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Problem List Review'''
 +
 
 +
This is currently unused, leave blank.
 +
 
 +
'''Problem Post to Encounter'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed. 
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Show Billable Indicators'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.
 +
* If set to '''N''' then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.
 +
 
 +
**Note:  The '''Show Billing Information For''' and '''Derive Billing Indicator''' preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''ShowBillingInformationFor'''
 +
 
 +
NOTE: Added in 11.4
 +
 
 +
Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry.   
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>ICD-9<ul></li><li>ICD-10
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|ICD-9
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view. 
 +
*  If set to '''N''' unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''When expanding a problem in search'''
 +
*NOTE: Added in 15.1
 +
 
 +
Determines which action the application will perform when you expand or select a problem in Problem Search Dialog.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Expand the list in search dialog<ul></li><li>Launch Clinical Modifier Selection Dialog<ul></li><li>Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''When No Linked V code for PMH'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems<ul></li><li>Show no Diagnosis Codes
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
=='''Reconciler Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
''' DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged'''
 +
 
 +
Note: New to v11.3
 +
 
 +
Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Number</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|90 days
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
 
 +
''' Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search'''
 +
 
 +
Note: New to v11.3
 +
 
 +
Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page.  If no values selected then search is by patient MRN only.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Other</li><li>Other2</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search'''
 +
 
 +
Note: New to v11.3
 +
 
 +
Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Values
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul><li>Blank</li><li>Work</li><li>Cell</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Blank
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul><li>Enterprise</li><li>Org</li></ul>
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
=='''Results Preferences'''==
 +
 
 +
'''Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen. 
 +
*  If set to '''N''' users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Default Vitals - <10 years old'''
 +
 
 +
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years old.  This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger'''
 +
 
 +
This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and younger.  This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older'''
 +
 
 +
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and older.  This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older'''
 +
 
 +
This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and older.  This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>OID Vitals Entry
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Disable QVerify All and Verify All'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document'''
 +
 
 +
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3 Days
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document'''
 +
 
 +
This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Numeric Value 1-5
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|3
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.
 +
 
 +
* When set to '''Y''' the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default.
 +
* When set to '''N''' the system does not checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Disable To/CC Button'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box.
 +
* If set to '''Y''' this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.
 +
* If set to '''N''' this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification If Did Not Order'''
 +
 
 +
Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Prevent''' a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.
 +
*  If set to '''Warn''' a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.
 +
*  If set to '''Do Not Warn''' a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Prevent<ul></li><li>Warn<ul></li><li>Do Not Warn
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Warn
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Navigate After Review'''
 +
 
 +
Determines the system response when the user that is verifying the result is '''Not''' the ordering provider.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Stay on Worklist
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
   
 +
'''Result Verification Navigation After QVerify'''
 +
 
 +
Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Go To Note''' the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.
 +
*  If set to '''Go To Next Patient''' the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.
 +
*  If set to '''Stay on Worklist''' the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Go to Note<ul></li><li>Go to Next Patient<ul></li><li>Stay on Worklist
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Go to Next Patient
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Note Type for QVerify'''
 +
 
 +
Updated Values in 11.4.1
 +
 
 +
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note.  This also defines default the note type used for QVerify.  '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.
 +
 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Note Type for Verify'''
 +
 
 +
Updated Values in 11.4.1
 +
 
 +
This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the '''Allow eReply to Patient''' option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note.  This also defines default the note type used for QVerify.  '''Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify''' must be set to '''Create New Note''' or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to '''Y''' for this preference to work.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify'''
 +
 
 +
Modified in v11.1.7
 +
Determines the default note use value for the QVerify action.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen.  This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.
 +
*  If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default.  This would also set the behavior of QVerify.
 +
*  If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Note Use - For Verify'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action.
 +
*  If set to '''Create New Note''' the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen.  This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.
 +
*  If set to '''No Note''' the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default.  This would also set the behavior of Verify.
 +
*  If set to '''Select Note''' the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Create New Note<ul></li><li>Use Existing<ul></li><li>No Note
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Create New Note
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.
 +
*  If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.
 +
*  If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.
 +
*  If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. 
 +
*  If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results'''  this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. 
 +
 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines the default communication method for Verify.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Call Patient with Results''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default,  a ''Call Patient with Results'' task is created, and requires a note.
 +
*  If set to '''Discussed Results With Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.
 +
*  If set to '''Mail Results to Patient''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.
 +
*  If set to '''No Patient Communication Needed at this Time''' this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected. 
 +
*  If set to '''Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results'''  this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a ''Schedule Results Follow Up'' task is created, and it does not require a note. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Call Patient with Results<ul></li><li>Discussed Results with Patient<ul></li><li>Mail Results to Patient<ul></li><li>No Patient Communication Needed at this Time<ul></li><li>Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organizational Decision
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
     
 +
'''Results Verification Portal Note Subject Line'''
 +
 
 +
'''NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
 +
 
 +
Determines the content of the Subject line in a V11 results verification note if the results are set up to be sent to Allscripts Patient Portal™.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Free Text
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Qverify'''
 +
 
 +
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using QVerify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for QVerify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Portal Note Type for Verify'''
 +
 
 +
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using Verify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the '''Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly''' preference set to '''Y''' only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the '''Result Verification Note Use for Verify''' preference is set to '''Create New Note'''.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''<ul></li><li>For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have '''Allow eReply to Patient'''
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Result Verification Task Assignment'''
 +
 
 +
Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated Results Verification tasks.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Current User''' the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.
 +
*  If set to '''Ordering Provider''' the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Current User<ul></li><li>Ordering Provider
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Ordering Provider
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Required'''
 +
 
 +
Determines if the results verification is required.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default.  This specifically pertains to manually entered results.  Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this setting.  If a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting. 
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify'''
 +
 
 +
Modified in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.
 +
*  If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify'''
 +
 
 +
Added in v11.1.7
 +
 
 +
Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.
 +
*  If set to '''As Per Post to Note Icon''' this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No<ul></li><li>As Per Post to Note Icon
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|As Per Post to Note Icon
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Show Refresh Button for Citrix In Results Tab'''
 +
*Determines if a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Yes
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org<ul></li><li>User
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order.  If the Order has multiple resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''RV V11 Note eReply when Verify & Next Patient'''
 +
 
 +
'''*NOTE: Added in 11.3'''
 +
 
 +
This preference determines whether V11 portal notes are set for automatic eReply when the user selects the Verify & Next Patient action.
 +
 
 +
* If set to '''Y''', the eReply action is completed automatically if the user has the appropriate finalization authority for the document type.
 +
* If set to '''N''' the eReply action is not completed automatically when the user selects Verify & Next Patient. Instead, an eReply Portal Note task is created for the provider, alerting them that the note needs to be finalized before it is sent to the portal.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|No
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personalize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' 
 +
 
 +
* New in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
Determines the stages unverified results can be released in for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).  This preference applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin.
 +
 
 +
This works in conjunction with the '''UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs''' preference.  Only unverified results in the stages selected are released electronically. At least 1 stage must be selected and more than 1 can be selected.
 +
 
 +
::* If UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs is set to '''Never''' unverified results are never released, even if 1 or more options are selected for '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''.
 +
::*  Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released
 +
::*  Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release'''
 +
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Preliminary<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected<ul></li><li>Amended
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Final<ul></li><li>Corrected or Amended
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Unverified Results When To Release To CED's''' 
 +
 
 +
* New in v11.4.1
 +
 
 +
Determines when to release unverified results for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).This applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. It works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhichResultsStagesToRelease preference.
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Never''', Unverified results are never released for inclusion in CEDs, regardless of how the UnverifiedResultsWhichStagesToRelease preference is set.
 +
*  If set to '''1 Day, 2 Days, 3 Days, or 4 Days''', that is the number of business days after the date the unverified result was created (for Preliminary or Final stages) or last updated (for Corrected or Amended stages) that the unverified result will be released to CEDs:
 +
 
 +
:Note:
 +
::*  Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released
 +
::*  Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for '''Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs''' and '''Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release''' 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Never<ul></li><li>1 Days<ul></li><li>2 Days<ul></li><li>3 Days<ul></li><li>4 Days
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Never
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Use UAI Vital Signs Integration'''
 +
 
 +
*  If set to '''Y''' the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI tool.  This requires extra setup and the UAI module.  This product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Allyn device.
 +
*  If set to '''N''' the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. 
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Yes<ul></li><li>No
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
'''Vitals Picklist'''
 +
 
 +
This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be used.  This picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.
 +
 
 +
{| class="wikitable sortable collapsible" border="1"
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Options
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Recommended/Default Value
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|Available Levels
 +
| align="center" style="background:#f0f0f0;"|User Can Override
 +
|-
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|<ul></li><li>Drop Down list of Valid Vital Signs Picklists defined in the OID
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Organization Specific
 +
| style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"| <ul></li><li>Enterprise<ul></li><li>Org
 +
| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|Personlize
 +
|}
 +
 
 +
=Removed in 11.2=
 +
'''From General'''
 +
*UAIInstallLocation
 +
*Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc
 +
 
 +
'''From Orders'''
 +
*Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition
 +
*Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition
 +
*OrderEntryAuthLevel
 +
*OrderEntryNotification
 +
*OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit
 +
 
 +
=New in 15.1=
 
[[15.1 Updated_Preferences]]
 
[[15.1 Updated_Preferences]]
 +
 +
=New in 17.1=
 +
[[17.1_Updated_Preferences]]
  
 
=Links=
 
=Links=

Latest revision as of 20:34, 12 April 2018

How to set .NET Preferences

In the TWAdmin workspace, navigate to Preferences on the VTB. From this location you are able to edit preferences at the Enterprise, Organizational or User level and determine if users will be able to override certain preferences on the front end.

Pref Nav 75 Bold.jpg

Choosing Preferences Before Test Upgrade

This Excel Workbook is available to record preference decisions before the system is available. Preferences drive much of the system behavior so it is easier to complete the other build tasks if preferences are set first. Preference decisions often require input from multiple representatives of the clinical staff and can therefore be time consuming. For these two reasons it is sometimes helpful to start this decision process before the test upgrade. The preferences can always be altered after the clinical team sees the test system. The workbook also provides a record of your settings in the event a Hotfix or staff member changes them. We recommend only one person be allowed to change preferences and that same person maintain the workbook for change control.

First review the following articles to understand how each level is set, then review each preference description and record the organization's decisions in the workbook available via download below.

Pay special attention to article: Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT. This article explains how to use the last column of the workbook.

Setting Preferences at an Enterprise or Org Level

To set preferences for all users in a system and to establish which preferences users have the ability to personalize (set themselves), the administrator will set these preferences at an Enterprise level. The ability of users to personalize can only be set at the enterprise level, i.e. all users can personalize or no users can personalize. The ability of users to personalize cannot be set at the user level, i.e. it is not possible for one user to personalize and another not.

For this example, we are going to set how a user’s favorites are populated.

  1. To set preferences at the Enterprise level, select Enterprise from the Ent/Org/User Settings drop-down.
    Select Enterprise.jpg
  2. The preferences for populating favorites are located under the General preferences category. Select General from the Preferences: drop-down.
    Pref Nav to General.jpg
  3. Highlight the “Add Favorites Automatically” line
  4. Click on the cell under the header “Value”
  5. Setting the value to Y or N.
    • Y = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will automatically be added to their favorites list
    • N = when providers make selections in the ACI, those selections will not automatically be added to their favorites list.
  6. To allow the user to change this preference, keep the Can Override box checked.
    Set Add Fav 75.jpg
  7. Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen
  8. Login as a user and test to see if the system acts as expected

Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level via TW Admin > Preferences

For this example, the user level preference will be set to display the site selector when a user logs in

  1. Select 'User' from the Ent/Org/User dropdown to edit settings at the user level
  2. Select the organization the user belongs to
  3. Click the binoculars to seach for the user. The Select a User dialog will open
    LevelReplacement.jpg
  4. Set the search criteria. In this case: UserName - Starting With - Test
  5. Click binoculars to search
  6. All users fitting the search criteria will be displayed. Highlight the user to be edited
  7. Click OK
    UserReplacement.jpg

    The user level preferences will be displayed. Note that the User Can Override column is not available at this level. Only preferences with a value of user can override = Y will be visible.
  8. Preferences are grouped into categories. Select the preference category from the Preference dropdown. For this example choose the preference category General
  9. Select the preference row “Always Present Site Selector for User”
  10. Click on the cell under the header “Value” and select a value from the dropdown. For a description of each preference and what the values will do, refer to TW .NET Preferences
  11. Click save in the lower right hand corner of the screen
    PrefReplacement.jpg
  12. Login as a user and test to see if the system behaves as expected

Setting .NET Preferences at the User Level for Multiple Users via SSMT

In some cases, an organization may want to set a preference differently among users within the same organization. In this situation the best practice is to set the preference of the smaller group of users at the user level and leave the larger group of users at the org or enterprise level preference. These instructions demonstrate setting the site selector to appear at login for floating nurses who move from site to site, but not for anyone else.

  1. Determine which group of users is smaller and create a list of their usernames. In this case, the floating nurses are the only users in the organization who prefer to have the site selector appear at login so they are the smaller group.
  2. Set the Enterprise or Org level preference based on what the majority of users prefers. Most users prefer the site selector not to appear at login, so set the Enterprise or Org level preference to N
  3. Choose a member of the smaller group and set their preference at the user level in TW Admin. Test User is a floating nurse and wants the site selector to appear at login so set her user level preference to Y
  4. Log out and extract the category TW .NET Preferences using SSMT
  5. Use Excel to delete all rows except the one with 'Test User' under *HDRUserName
    Excel1Replacement.jpg
  6. Copy the setting to create as many rows as there are users in the smaller group
    Excel2Replacement.jpg
  7. Replace the *HDRUserName with the usernames of the smaller group
    Excel3Replacement.jpg
  8. Reload the table

For more details about the SSMT category TW .NET Preferences see SSMT: TW .NET Preferences

How a User can set their own Personal Preferences

A provider can personalize their preferences from the clinical toolbar. For this example we are going to say that this user wants to include active problems in past medical history and automatically post those problems to the encounter summary.

  • Login as a provider
  • Navigate to Chart on the vertical toolbar
  • Select the arrow on the far right hand side of the Clinical Toolbar
    Ppref1.jpg
  • From the dropdown menu, select personalize.
    Ppref2.jpg

This opens the Personalize dialog box. From here a provider has the ability to change many individualized settings to suit their personal preferences.

Keep in mind - if the "User can Override" box was not checked in TWAdmin > Preferences for that preference, the user will see the preference greyed out in the Personalize menu. The preference "Double Click Action" demonstrates such behavior in the prior screenshot.

  • Navigate to the Problem Tab
  • Select “Problem include in PMH” and change the value to “checked for all”
    Ppref3.jpg
  • Select “post problem to encounter” and change the value to Y
  • Click on Save

.NET Preferences

V11 Preferences can be set in the TWAdmin workplace, by entering the value that corresponds to the Preference.

This list includes the net new preferences with v17.1.

Categories Preferences are grouped into categories. The categories are General, Meds, Meds/Orders, Note, Orders, Problems and Results. Specific information about each preference is listed below.

Recommended Setting - Recommended settings are based on certified workflows and the most common setting. Each of them must be reviewed with organizational workflows in mind.

Alert Preferences

AllergyListNotReconciled

Indicates if Allergy List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the patient encounter summary that the allergy list was not reconciled. This will appear under the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.

  • Note: Clicking the chart alert icon from the patient banner will populate the list of those not documented.
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Allow Don't Show Me Again Option

  • NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1

Allows users to be able to select "Don't Show Me Again" for Alerts.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes-Allows users to select Don't Show Me Again
  • No-Users are always alerted when something is not documented
  • Never
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No


BPNotDocumented

Allows users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if Blood Pressure for Patients 3 and Older is Not Documented.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Allows an Organization to Enable whether real-time point of care (POC) recommendations are generated for users.

  • Important: CDSRealtimeRecommendEnabled should not be set to Y for any provider that is not subscribed to POC recommendations in the Subscription Manager in the Allscripts Analytics Portal. If this preference is enabled but the provider is not subscribed to recommendations, all POC recommendation transactions will fail.
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
No
  • Enterprise
No


CDSReasonRequired

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Indicates whether or not users are required to enter a reason when suppressing or excluding a point of care (POC) recommendation.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Not Required
  • Suppress
  • Exclude
  • Both Suppress and Exclude
None
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No


CDSSendUnauthorized

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Allows an Organization to to specify whether clinical items in the unauthorized status are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking. Unauthorized clinical items can include immunizations, medications, and orders.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Send Unauthorized
  • Do Not Send Unauthorized
None
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
No


CDSSendUnverified

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Allows an Organization to to specify whether unverified items, such as problems and orders, are sent for point of care (POC) recommendation checking.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Send Unauthorized
  • Do Not Send Unauthorized
None
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
No


Compliance Medication

  • NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1

Indicates whether or not to show Compliance Medication Recommendations Alerts In Encounter Summary.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Compliance Misc

  • NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1

Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Misc Recommendations in "My Alerts"

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Compliance Problem

  • NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1

Indicates whether or not to show Compliance: Problem Recommendations in "My Alerts".

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Compliance Results

  • NOTE: Removed in V11.4.1

Ability to show Compliance: Results Recommendations in "My Alerts".

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Display Provider Alerts

Allows users to be able to select the providers that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected providers viewing patient charts without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.

  • Note: Check the box Select All Providers to choose all providers at once.
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
No default
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Display Specialty Alerts

Allows users to be able to select the specialties that they would like to view alerts for, when there is not an Appointment in context. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary for the selected specialties when providers are viewing a patient chart without an appointment in context. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.

  • Note: Check the box Select All Specialties to choose all specialties at once or check each box individually to select the Specialties that apply.


Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
No default
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


EthnicityNotDocumented

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Allows users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if the patient’s ethnicity demographic is not documented.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


FamilyHxNotDocumented

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if a patient's family health history for a first degree relative is not documented .

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


HeightNotDocumented

Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Height has not been documented.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


InfoPtPortalAccessNotProvided

  • NOTE: Added in V11.4.1

Allows the users to be able to determine when and where a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed on Encounter Summary if there is a patient portal configured and the patient has not received information about how to access the portal.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Never
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No


LangNotDocumented

  • Added in V11.4.1

Allows the users to be able to determine whether a Meaningful Use (MU) alert is displayed in the encounter summary that Language has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


LangRaceEthnicityNotDocumented

  • Removed in V11.4.1

Indicates that Language, Race, or Ethnicity is not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Language, Race, or Ethnicity has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


MedAllergiesNotDocumented

Indicates that Med Allergy Status is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that Medication Allergies have not been documented.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


MedListNotReconciled

Indicates that Med List is Not Reconciled. Places an alert in the encounter summary that the medication list has not been reconciled.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


MedsNotDocumented

Indications that Medication Status is Not Documented. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that medications were not documented. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. Documentation of the patient's medications is a Meaningful Use (MU) requirement.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Missing Data - Order/Results

Indicates that there is Missing Data. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing order or result data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Missing Data Immunizations

Indicates that there is Missing Immunization Data: Immunizations Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing immunization data for the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Missing Data Medications

Indicates that there is Missing Medication Data: Medications Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing medication data in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Missing Data Misc

Indicates that there is Missing Misc. Data: Medication Recommendations in "My Alerts". Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing miscellaneous recommendations. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts. This alert refers to future functionality with integration to applications such as CQS.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Missing Data Problems

Indicates that there is Missing Data: Problems Recommendations. Places an Alert in the patient encounter summary that there is missing data recommendations in the patient chart. This alert will appear in the My Alerts category or the All Other Alerts category.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


OverdueOrdersAlerts

Gives the user Overdue Orders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue orders in the patient chart.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show all orders in my alerts
  • Show all orders in All Other Alerts
  • Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others
  • Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others
  • Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others
  • Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others
  • Never
Show all orders in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


OverdueRemindersAlerts

Indicates Overdue Reminders Alerts. Places an alert in the encounter summary that there are overdue issues within the patient chart.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show all orders in my alerts
  • Show all orders in All Other Alerts
  • Show order I manage in My Alerts and hide any others
  • Show orders I manage in All Other Alerts and hide any others
  • Show orders related to my specialty in My Alerts and hide any others
  • Show orders related to my specialty in All Other Alerts and hide any others
  • Never
Show all orders in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


ProblemsNotDocumented

Patient Problems are Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that patient problem was not documented in the patients chart.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


RaceNotDocumented

  • Added in V11.4.1

Indicates that Race is not Documented. Places a MU alert in the encounter summary that Race has not been documented. Options are to show in the My Alerts Category or show in the All Other Alerts Category.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


Show MU Alerts

Indicates whether or not to show Alerts Pertaining to MU. Places an alert in the encounter summary displaying all MU Alerts. User can suppress individual MU alert types in Personalize> Alerts.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
Yes
  • Enterprise
No


SmokingStatus

Indicates whether or not Smoking Status for Patients 13 and Older is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that smoking is NOT documented in the patient chart. This is required a MU measure.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes


WeightNotDocumented

Indicates that Weight is Not Documented. Places an alert in the encounter summary that weight has not been documented in the patient chart. This is a required MU measure.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Show in My Alerts
  • Show in All Other Alerts
  • Never
Show in My Alerts
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Yes

Charge Preferences

Organizations can lock select fields on Encounter Forms to prevent them from being edited.


AutomaticallyRemoveChargesWhenCancellingOrder

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to specify if associated charges should be removed automatically from Encounter Form when a charge order status is changed to Cancelled or Entered in Error.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
N
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

BillingAreaOnEncounterFormEditable

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Area on the Encounter Form.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
  • Only If Not Pre-Populated
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.


BillingLocationOnEncounterFormEditable

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Location on the Encounter Form.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
  • Only If Not Pre-Populated
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.

BillingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Provider on the Encounter Form.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
  • Only If Not Pre-Populated
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.

DivisionOnEncounterFormEditable

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Division on the Encounter Form.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
  • Only If Not Pre-Populated
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.

PerformingProviderOnEncounterFormEditable

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Performing Provider on the Encounter Form.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
  • Only If Not Pre-Populated
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.

ReferringProviderOnEncounterFormEditable

  • NOTE: Added in 11.5

Allows an organization to determine if the user can edit the Billing Referring Provider on the Encounter Form.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
  • Only If Not Pre-Populated
Y
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Yes

Note: This preference only affects those appointment encounter types that are delivered, enforced and created from the practice management system.

Clinical Trial Preferences

Works CT Batch Start Time

Indicates the time that the night job runs. The "night job" reviews the next day's appointments list and compares the patients to the available clinical trials.

  • Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • 12:00 am
  • 1:00 am
  • 2:00 am
  • 3:00 am
  • 4:00 am
  • 5:00 am
  • 6:00 am
  • 7:00 am
  • 7:00 pm
  • 8:00 pm
  • 9:00 pm
  • 10:00 pm
  • 11:00 pm
12:00 am
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No


Works CT Distance

Indicates the maximum miles the client would have a patient drive to participate in a clinical trial.

  • Note: No longer supported as of 11.4
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • 5
  • 10
  • 25
  • 50
  • 100
5
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No

Education Preferences

EducationCounselorEditable

* Note: Added in v11.4

Allows users to edit the Counselor field on the Education Session Dialog.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
Yes
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
No


EducationProvidedEditable

* Note: Added in v11.4

Allows users to edit the Provider field on the Education Session Dialog.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
Yes
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
No

General Preferences

Question: What does the EXCLUDE PHYSICAL EXAM FINDINGS mean?


ACI Past Surgical History Search Filter Defaults: Allows the user to filter the Past Surgical History search results by default

  • Note: This is the 11.2 documented recommended settings
  • Note: This preference is not available in v11.4
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Return results with ICD9 Codes Only
  • Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only
  • Exclude Physical Exam Findings
N/A
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Personalize

Add Favorites Lists Automatically

If set to Y, this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users favorites list as they are selected. This includes medications, allergies, orders, and problems.

If set to N, items will not be added to a users favorite list unless done manually.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
No
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Personalize

ADXConfigured

This controls access to Native Integration

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
No
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Personalize

ADXRequestPoolInterval

  • Note: Sets the number of minutes the application waits prior to making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another callfor the same patient. This is useful when switching back and forth between patients.
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Integer
None
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Personalize

ADX-Screening incoming problems for non-billable codes

  • Note: New to v11.4
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • N
None
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No

Allergy List Review

  • Note: Per Allscripts July, 2008 this preference is currently not used. It does not matter how it is set, but it is Recommended leave blank and revisited when the preference becomes active.

AllergyWarnIfNotParticipating:

Allows organizations to warn users if a selected allergy is not participating in DUR checking.

If Set to Y warning is allowed.

If set to N warning is not allowed.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
N/A
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No

AllowAssocationOfCaseInformationToEncounters

Allows organizations to associate a workers' compensation case to a non-appointment encounter manually.

NOTE: The case information ( case ID, date of injury, and status) comes from the practice management application. The encounter type of Allow Case Association must be set in the Encounter Type dictionary.

If set to Yes the Case section will display so that a case can be selected and linked to the encounter.

If set to No the Case section will not display.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
N/A
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
No


Allow Advanced Personal Editing of CareGuide Templates:

Determines the ability of a user to edit CareGuides. Allows the organization to determine the extent of editing granted to providers to at the personal template level within the ACI.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
Personalize
  • Enterprise
  • Org
No

If set to N (Do Not Allow)Provider will have the following abilities:

  1. Save selections as defaults (i.e. labs a provider prefers, medications, problems,etc.)
  2. Edit the SIGs for the medications and variables (i.e. provider prefers for patient to check temp twice daily instead of once). Providers would be able to save this default.
  3. Add customized guidelines and save to a personal template.
  4. Set a default opening section and save to a personal template.
  5. Add ad hoc items for the current patient (from the ACI only). These ad hoc are not saved to a personal template.

If set to Y (Allow): the providers will have the above listed abilites AND as well as the following:

  1. Add new orderable items and save them to the template
  2. Delete items or headers
  3. Edit headers
  4. Rearrange items or headers


AllowClinicalSummaryWhenNoteUnFinal:

Allows users to indicate whether or not to generate a note before it is final to help give provider credit for supplying a Clinical Summary in an unfinalized note state.

If set to Y User able to generate a note before it is final

If set to N User unable to generate a note before it is final

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
No
  • Enterprise
  • Org
N/A

Always Present Dialog When Printing Rx

If set to Y the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will not be selected and the default behavior will be to show the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated. This forces the user to review the print dialogue before sending the print request.

If set to N the "Use Default Rx Printer" option on the commit screen will be selected and the default behavior will be to suppress the Print Dialogue box when a medication is committed and activated.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
No
  • Enterprise
  • Org
Personalize

Always Present Site Selector for User Preference

  • Note: Updated Values in v11.4.1

If set to Y the Site Selector Site Selector opens when a user logs in, unless the user is only assigned to 1 site in User Admin. In this case, the user is automatically logged into the one assigned site without viewing Site Selector.

If set to N the Site Selector does not open when a user logs in. The user is logged directly into his or her default site

  • Note: If the staff ratio is that most people do Not need to log into various sites then set to N and users can be trained to change their log in site in User options HTB.
Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • Yes
  • No
No
  • Enterprise
  • Org
  • User
Personalize

Audit level

Allows administrators to capture and track the following information about users’ activity in the Touchworks EHR application including:

  1. User name
  2. Patient name
  3. Patient MRN
  4. Access date
  5. Access time
  6. Device used (Web, PDA)
  7. Action time
  8. Action taken (viewed, printed,created, and/or faxed)
  9. WebFramework Page accessed

This setting determines the amount of information contained in the Audit Log Report. Please be aware that increasing the level of auditing increases the amount of data that is tracked and stored. Due to the nature of this, it can cause performance issues, so please be sure to test this before implementing in production. This is not seen often, but should be considered. These settings do not change the level of auditing on particular items such as notes. This simply changes what is written to the Audit log report.

*NOTE: ALWAYS SET TO HIGH AS OF 11.4.1

If set to High the audit trail will capture viewing, editing, creating, printing, and faxing of clinical items. If set to Medium the audit trail will capture editing, creating, and viewing of clinical items. If set to Low the audit trail will capture editing and creating of clinical items.

Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
  • High
  • Medium
  • Low
Low
  • Enterprise
No
  • Enforced
  • CakeVirtualDirectory (Cake Web Servises-Virtual Directory Name)

    *NOTE: As of 11.4.1 HF1 Referred to as DownloadChartLocal

    This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information ragrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.

    • Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
    Cakelocal
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    CareGuide Default Opening Section

    Allows users to choose the default opening section of CareGuides.

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    If set to All the display opens all sections of the CareGuide selected. If set to Follow-Ups and Referrals the display opens to the Follow-Ups and Referrals section of the CareGuide selected. If set to Instructions the display opens to the Instructions section of the CareGuide selected. If set to Medications the display opens to the Medications section of the CareGuide selected. If set to Orders the display opens to the Orders section of the CareGuide selected.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • All
    • Follow-Up and Referrals
    • Instructions
    • Medications
    • Orders
    All
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    N/A

    CED (Subkey:CVE View Default)

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Determines C-CDA document sections that are displayed when an imported clinical exchange document (CED) is displayed in Document Viewer.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Configured custom views found in Clinical View Engine View in TW Admin>Document Admin
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Y
    • Note: CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive View Service API key) and CED (Subkey: CVE Interactive Viewer Service URL) must be configured.

    Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification

    If set to Y then a Verify CCR task is generated for the specified user. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the document before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. The task routing is based on the 'Clinical Exchange Documents Verification Routing' preference setting.

    If set to N, the CED document would be imported and would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Clinical Exchange Documents (CED) Verification Routing

    • Specifies the routing of tasks Clinical Exchange Documents.
    • If set to 'Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient first, if the system can't make a match or if the recipient isn't defined as a user, it will attempt to assign the task the PCP defined for the patient. If the PCP isn't defined or is not setup as a user, the task would then be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
    • If set to 'Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the defined recipient. IF the system can't make a match or the recipient isn't setup as a user, the task will get assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
    • If set to 'PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team' the system will attempt to assign the task to the PCP first. If the patient does not have a PCP defined or the PCP is not setup as a user, the system will assign the task to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
    • If set to 'Clinical Exchange Document Team' the task will be assigned to the Clinical Exchange Document Team.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Recipient then PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team
    • Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
      • PCP then Clinical Exchange Document Team
        • Clinical Exchange Document Team
    Recipient then Clinical Exchange Document Team
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    ClinEGuide Credentials (User|Pwd)

    • This is a free text field which would hold the username and password for integration with the Wolters Kluwer Clin-Eguide. If a value is provided, an icon will appear on the v11 toolbar that looks like an open book. If user selects the book, it will launch an Internet Explorer session which brings the user to the Clin-eguide home page. The credentials are passed with the action and will log them into the site if valid.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Free Text
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Community/Automatic CED Submittal:

    Allows organizations to automatically submit CEDs, after a patient chart is updated, to a patient-designated community to which the organization shares information.

    If Set to Y CED's will automatically be sent. If set to N CED's will not automatically be sent.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Community/Patient Data Sharing Security:

    Allows the organization to determine by default whether or not all patients in the EHR will participate in the community data sharing.

    • Default Value: Opt-In

    NOTE: at request of the patient the organization can override this option within the Patient Profile.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Opt-In
      • Opt-Out
    Opt-In
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Create Future Encounter * Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Allows the creation of future encounters If set to 'Y' this will allow users to create documentation on a future encounter If set to 'N' this will not allow users to create documentation on a future encounter

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Create Overdue Reminder Task: This determines whenther an overdue Reminder task is generated automatically to the Planned By provider when a health management reminder is overdue.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    CSDefaultReasonForVisitNoteSection

    • NOTE: Added in 11.2
    • The preference enables you to define the information that should cite into the Reason for Visit section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when the DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Reason for Visit
      • Chief Complaint
        • None
    Reason for Visit
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    CSDefaultTreatmentPlanNoteSection

    • NOTE: Added in 11.2
    • Enables the definition of the information that should cite into the Treatment Plan section of the clinical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Plan
      • Discussion Summary
        • Orders(V10 Note Only)
          • Couseling
            • None
    Plan
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    CSIncludeProblemSection

    • Defines if information from the Problems Section is displayed in the clinical summaries inical summaries generated from the Clinical Summary-CED document type. This preference applies to clinical summaries when DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument preference is set to CED. It does not apply if DefaultClinicalSummaryDocument is set to RTF or CCDA.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Plan
      • Yes
        • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    CSIncludeReasoninMedicationSection

    *NOTE: Removed in 11.4.1

    Days Before Instruction Expiration Date To Consider Near Due

    • This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete instructions should show as near due on the patient's chart.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • 0-99
    14
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No, Enforced

    Days Before Scheduled Order Expiration Date to Consider Near Due

    • This Value is a number representing number of days. This tells the system when incomplete or scheduled Orders should show as near due on the patient's chart.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • 0-99
    14
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No, Enforced

    Default Entering For Provider ID

    • This value specifies the default provider ID that should default into fields such as the Ordering Provider on medications or Orders within the system. This is primarily used for non-provider users that support a specific provider. For example, if an MA always works for Dr. Smith, they would want to set this within their personalize options so it would pre-populate and default properly. This is typically a setting that should be shown to users during training.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Any entry from Provider Dictionary
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes, by Default

    Default Clinical Summary Document

    • Used to determine the default clinical summary document to use when printing a clinical summary when no structured clinical summary was created. This applies to the clinical summary templates found in CCDA Template Admin. it only applies when the Patient Preferred Communication Method for Clinical Summary is set to Print of Patien Portal and Print within the Patient Profile.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • CED
      • RTF
        • CCDA
    CCDA
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    N/A

    Default Patient Profile Section

    • Note: New in v11.4.1
    • The value set determines the section that is displayed expanded at the top of Patient Profile Dialog when opened.
    • The Patient Profile Dialog can be opened from different areas in the application. Select from the patient banner, Note Authoring workspace(NAW), or from the Patient Profile icon on the Daily Schedule or Provider Schedules.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Clinical Information
      • Demographics
        • Patient Preferred Communication
          • Community Information
            • Employer/Contact
              • Insurance
                • Rx Benefit Plan
                  • Pharmacy
                    • Patient Care Team
    Demographics
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Default Specialty ID

    • This value specifies a non-provider's default specialty. This is best used as a personal setting from within the UI and should be shown to end users during training. This setting will default the specialty for a user in certain areas of the product that are driven by specialty such as the note selector, ACI specialty favorites, and flowsheets. Providers usually have their specialty specified in the provider dictionary and do not need to utilize this preference.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Valid Values from Specialty Dictionary
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Default Supervising Provider ID

    • This value specifies the default supervising provider for users that require supervision with Orders. This should be shown during training and is best when set on a personal level.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Any Entry from the Provider Dictionary
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Default to QuickList Favorites

    • If set to 'Y', this preference causes items to get automatically assigned to a users QuickList as they use them. This includes meds, allergies, orders, and problems.
    • If set to 'N', items will not be added to a users QuickList unless they manually add it.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes


    Derive Billing Indicators From

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4
    • This defines how to determine when a problem is billable and only applies if the Charge Module is installed.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Enterprise Only
      • Practice Management Only
        • Practice Management and Enterprise
    Practice Management and Enterprise
    • Enterprise
    No

    Derive Entering For From

    • This setting allows Point of Care Recommendations to be visible to a user who is not the provider, such as a Nurse Case Manager who may enter recommendation information on behalf of a provider.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Derive from Current Encounter if Available Otherwise Entering For Preference
      • Entering For Preference Otherwise from Current Encounter
        • Entering For Preference Only
          • Derive from Current Encounter if Available otherwise Entering For
    Derive from Current Encounter Only
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes


    Dictionary Cache

    • This preference is no longer used. However in earlier versions this setting was looking for a numeric value, but should be left alone. This is a development setting and is not intended to be used unless instructed otherwise.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    DO NOT CHANGE
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No, Enforced

    Dictionary Edit

    • This setting should be a value between 100 and 10,000. This determines how many rows will be visible in a dictionary grid before the dictionary automatically goes into search mode.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value between min.100- max.1000
    10,000
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Directives Editable If set to Y the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be editable. This would be set to 'Y' if you want users to document patient directives in the UI. If set to N the Patient Directives on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen will be viewable only. This would be set to 'N' if you do not want users to document or edit this or if this value is populated through the registration interface.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Display <R> in Patient Banner for Restricted Documents

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    • If set to Y the system will display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
    • If set to N the system will not display the <R> in the patient banner when they have a restricted document.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Display Future Encounters in selector X days in the future

    • This is a numeric value which specifies how far in the future pending appointments are shown in the encounter selector. In most workflows, users will be working on an arrived appointment for the current day. If there are workflows that require people to prepare for a future appointment and begin documenting on encounters before the arrival occurs, this setting would allow those encounters to display and be selectable. It is advised that this be set to 1 to avoid any issues if the scheduling interface was to go down. If appointments can't be arrived in the system due to interface issue, this would allow end users the ability to complete their work on pending appointments until the issues are resolved.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Number between 0-99
    1
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    N/A

    DisplayPatientPicture Refer to the Patient Photo in Patient Profile Workflow

    • If set to Y, this would display the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen. This also allows the ability to upload pictures.
    • If set to N, this would hide the patient picture on the Patient Profile Page or "i" screen and would disable the ability to upload pictures.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    No

    Double Click Action

    • If set to View this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in view mode.
    • If set to Edit this would specify that double-clicking an item from the clinical desktop would open it in edit mode.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • View
      • Edit
    View
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    DownloadChartLocal(previously CakeVirtualDirectory)

    • Removed in 11.4. Note that Allscripts Referral Network has been replaced by Allscripts Direct Messaging, and the Stimulus Set Portal has changed to the Allscripts Analytics Portal.

    This is used by Stimulus Set Upgrade Technicians and only works when the appropriate patch files relase files have been applied. More information regrding set-up can be found in the Allscripts Referral Network and Download Chart Multi-Database Installation Guides.

    • Note- Each database in the environment must be entered.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Text entry of the specified of the Virtual Directory
    DownloadChartLocal
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Due Date or Start Date for Newly Added Bulk Enrollment Allows users to choose to use either use the Start Date or Due Date for newly added bulk enrollment order reminders.

    • Start Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment
    • Due Date - system will use the due date for order reminders as the date of bulk enrollment


    Enable Allergy Verification Refer to Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification

    • If set to Y the system would generate verification tasks for providers when allergies are entered by non-provider users. In this setting a newly entered allergy will remain in a unverified mode until verified by a provider. This is important for JCAHO accreditation.
    • If set to N the system will add allergies to the patient's allergy list in a completed status without verification from a provider.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    No


    Enable E-Prescribe G Code Alert * Note: Added in v11.1.7

    For 2009, to be a "successful e-prescriber", a provider must report the e-prescribing quality measure through their Medicare Part B claims on at least 50% of applicable cases during the reporting year.

    • If set to Y a reminder will be added to the Encounter Summary for all Medicare patients that an e-Prescribing G-Code may be appropriate for this encounter. This is a reminder to the facility that they need to manually add the G-Code to their Encounter Form. This ensures all prescriptions should count towards the qualifications necessary to be seen as a "successful e-prescriber."
    • If set to N no reminder will appear.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Enable eCoupon at Point of Prescribing

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Allows organizations to search for and display eCoupons for a medication in context.

    • If set to Yes applicable coupons are displayed for the medication in context.
    • If set to No applicable coupons will not display for medication in context.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
      </l>
    • Select All Sites|</l>
    • Individual sites associated with the organization
    Not selected
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Enable CS on Schedule Daily

    Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Daily Schedule.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Enable CS on Schedule Provider

    Determines if the Clinical Summary column is displayed on the Provider Schedule.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Enable MSHV

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Determines whether or not the HealthVault specific settings should be available on the patient profile dialog.

    • If set to Y the Health specific settings shodul display on the patient profile dialog and allow for a patient to be linked to their HealthVault account.
    • If set to N then patient accounts cannot be linked to HealthVault.

    Note: Enterprise EHR users should also not have the ability to import or export CEDs from MS HealthVault if this preference is set to N.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A


    Enable TOC on Schedule Daily

    Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Daily Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Enable TOC on Schedule Provider

    Determines if the Transition of Care column is displayed on the Provider Schedule. Setting Y allows a provider to check the box for transition for care.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Encounter Selection from Worklist

    This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Encounter Selector
      • Create New Encounter
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Encounter Type for Worklist

    This preference previously only applied to results. Effective in v11.1.7, this preference is applied to all work done on Worklist. The intent is to reduce the instances when a user is presented with an encounter selector without increasing the number of times work done during an appointment is documented against a non-appointment encounter.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Encounter Selector
      • Create New Encounter
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Encounter Summary Always Edit Clinical Summary Determines whether the Edit Clinical Summary option is enabled on the Encounter Summary and whether ir is selected by default. This preference works in conjuction with Encounter Summary Always Provide Clinical Summary preference.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Encounter Summary Always Print Medication Profile

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Allows organization to determine whether the patient's medication profile must always be printed.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    EncounterSummaryAlwaysProvideClinicalSummary: Allows organizations to define if the Provide Clinical Summary option on the Encounter Summary is enabled and selected by default.

    • When set to Disabled then the checkbox is unchecked and greyed out (unavailable).
    • When set to Y the checkbox is selected by default and can be cleared.
    • When set to N the checkbox is not autopopulated and can be checked.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
        • Disable
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Encounter Summary Default View

    • When set to Type the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by type(orders, problems, etc.)
    • When set to Problem the encounter summary or commit screen will default to display items grouped by their associated problem.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Type
      • Problem
    Problem
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes


    Encounter Summary Password Required on Save

    • If set to Y the user must enter their password when saving the Encounter Summary
    • If set to N the user does not need to enter their password when saving the encounter summary.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    No

    Encounter Summary Review Before Save

    • If set to Y, the encounter summary will appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This acts as a review process prior to committing the data.
    • If set to N, the Encounter Summary will not appear when a user selects the commit button or leaves the patient's chart. This will commit the data without the chance to review it.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Enterprise Emergency Telephone Number

    • This is a free text value designed to house the emergency telephone number for an Enterprise. This is displayed when printing patient instructions.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Free Text
    911
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A


    EthnicityEditable: Ethnicity Editable

    Enables organizations to allow users to edit the Ethnicity from within the Patient Profile.

    • NOTE: The PMS is NOT updated with this is done.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    ExceptionDetailsPassword: Exception Details Password

    • Default Value: Blank

    This field sets the password that must be entered to see the details of an error. If left blank, users can select the detail button to see the actual data the error message contains without having to enter a password.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Enter Preferred Password"|
      • Leave Blank
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Fax Maximum Pages

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Allows organization to set the maximum number of pages allowed when faxing chart items.

    • This is a numeric field
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Field
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Fax Warning Type

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Determines the type of warning users receive when exceeding the maximum number of pages to be faxed.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Block Fax
      • Disabled
        • Warn User
    Warn User
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    HideClinicalToolbarUponLogin - * Note: Added in v11.2.2

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    ImportNIMedAllergiesBasedonCustomSCMMapping

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4
    • Imports Native Integration medication allergies based on custom Sunrise Clinical

    Manager™ mapping. If the preference is enabled, imported medication allergies will be displayed by the medication name in the Allergies component of Clinical Desktop.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Info Button Access

    • Note: New in v11.4.1

    Enables users to request clinical reference resources from Allscripts Enterprise EHR.

    • Important Prerequisite: Do not enable this preference for users that are not subscribed to Clinical Reference Resources in Allscripts Subscription Manager.
    • Y enables users to request clinical reference resources using the InfoButton icon, which is displayed in various areas of the application.
    • N makes the InfoButton not visable, and all users are unable to request Clinical Reference Resources.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    See Prerequisite
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Language Editable

    • When set to Y, this allows users to edit the patient language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This allows users to specify the patient's primary language within Touchworks EHR.
    • When set to N, this will only allow users to view the patient's primary language on the Patient Profile Dialog or "i" screen. This is usually the preferred setting when this value is populated by the registration interface or if an organization prefers not to capture this information.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    List of Order Statuses to be Included in Medication Export

    • New in v11.4.1

    This preference determines what order statuses are used when exporting a medication to organizations configured with Native Integration.

    • When set to Active, this will display only active medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
    • When set to Complete, this will display the complete list of medication order statuses in a Native Integration export.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Active
      • Complete
    Active
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Mask SSN in Reports, Patient Search, & Patient Profile

    • When set to Y, this will hide the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
    • When set to N, this will allow users to see the Social Security Number in the standard delivered reports, the patient search screen and the patient profile or "i" screen.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Max # of Providers for All Provider View

    • This is a numeric value between 0-40. This specifies the maximum number of providers a user can add to the All Provider view. This is defined on the Daily Schedule within the personalize options.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value Between 0-40
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    No

    Maximum Number of Seconds for Worklist Load

    • This is a numeric value that represents the maximum number of seconds that the WorkList is allowed to consume before timing out. This setting is put into place to prevent any long term lock ups for a WorkList view that are improperly defined and potentially hindering system performance. In most cases, if the view is defined properly, this setting should have no merit.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    30
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    MedAdminRecord (MAR) PatientImageSource

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Allows organization to enter the URL of the web service that will return the patient image when the MRN is passed. The URL must end with an equal (=). A unique patient-specific number will be appended to the URL to read patient images. Patient images will be displayed in the MAR workspace and in the Patient Profile Dialog.

    MedAdminRecord (MAR) UpdatePatientPictureSource

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Allows organization to determine if patient picture are uploaded from the MAR workspace.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Y
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Minimum # of Hours to Keep Patient Site Location and Encounter Status

    • This is a numeric value that establishes the length of time that the patient location and encounter status will be stored. This time frame is based on the last update of either of the fields. For example, if this is set to 1 hour, this information would be cleared 1 hour after the last update to the patient location or encounter status. This is cleared out to ensure it is reset for the patients next visit.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    1
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Native Integration Auto Import Hospital Notifications

    • Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Auto Import Discharge Summary.

    Enables organizations to choose whether to automatically import discharge summary or notification of admission documents into the patient's chart from a trusted source through Native Integration. The preference is not enforced.

    • Y- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application inserts the document into the patient's chart.
    • N- when a discharge summary or notification of admission document is received from a trusted or untrusted source through the ADX ReceiveMessage call, the application does not insert the document into the patient's chart, but it can be viewed on Native Integration Document Viewer and manually imported.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Native Integration Auto Reconcile Data

    • Note: New in v11.4.1

    This preference enables organizations to choose whether or not to attempt to automatically reconcile problem, allergy, medication, and immunization (PAMI) data for trusted sites through Native Integration.

    • Y- when PAMI data is received from a trusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then attempts to insert it in the patient's chart if appropriate.
    • N- when PAMI data is received from a trusted or untrusted site, the system performs duplicate checking and then adds the item to the patient's unverified items list if appropriate.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Native Integration Automatic ICD-9 Duplication Into Potential Duplicates

    • Note: New in v11.4.1

    Used by the application when importing Native Integration problem items into Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. Imported problem items that have existing matching ICD-9 codes in the patient's chart are identified as potential duplicates.

    • Y- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are identified as a potential duplicate only if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart.
    • N- imported problem items with associated ICD-9 codes are subject to normal duplicate checking and added to the patient's chart, if the ICD-9 code already exists in the patient's chart and has enough supporting data to conclude that it is a different item. Otherwise, the problem item is treated as a potential duplicate.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Native Integration Configured

    • Note: New in v11.4.1

    This preference enables organizations to determine whether patient data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to and from Native Integration.

    • Y- data flows in and out of Allscripts Enterprise EHR through Native Integration.
    • N- data does not move in and out.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Native Integration Request Pool Interval

    • NOTE: Added in v11.4
    • For versions prior to 11.4, see ADXRequestPoolInterval.

    This preference sets the number of minutes the application waits after making a call out to Native Integration for a particular patient before it makes another call for the same patient. This preference is useful when you are switching back and forth between patients.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    None
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Native Integration Restrict Medications based on Past Number of Days

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4.1

    This preference preference designates which medications are imported through Native Integration based on the prior number of days before the current date.

    For example, if you enter 30 as the preference value, only medication items 30 days prior to the current date are imported. If the value is blank (default) or if you enter 0, all medications are imported though Native Integration, despite the associated date.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 0-500
    Blank Value
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Native Integration Review Hospital Notifications Task Assignments

    • Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1
    • Note: This preference was formerly called Native Integration Discharge Summary Task Notification

    This preference determines who receives notification when a patient's discharge summary or notification of admission document is imported through Native Integration.

    • Review Hospital Notification Team- The task is displayed on Review Hospital Notification Team task list if the patient is not assigned to a provider. Team members with access to this task list can view the task.
    • PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team- Select the PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team preference value to display the Review of Hospital Notifications task on the task list for the patient's provider.
    • No Notification- Select the No Notification preference value so that the Review of Hospital Notifications task is not created and does not display on the task list.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Review Hospital Notification Team
      • PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
        • No Notification
    PCP then Review Hospital Notifications Team
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Number of Days of Results to Include in RTF/CED Clinical Summary Preference

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1

    Determines how many days of past results are cited when generating an Rich Text Format (RTF) clinical summary or Clinical Exchange Document (CED).

    A value of 1-500 will designate how many days of past results will be included in the RTF or CED. Enter () to not include past results in RTF or CED documents.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 0-500
    Blank Value
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Normative Growth Chart in Units

    • Moved to HMP Preferences

    Number of Days in Past to Allow Editing Encounter

    • NOTE: Added in V11.5

    Allows organizations to limit the number of encounters available for selection on Encounter Selector. The number available encounters will be based on the age of the encounter in days.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Number
    3
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • Sys
    Personalize

    OccMedNavigation_Daily

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Daily Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Encounter Summary
      • Chart
        • MD Charges
          • Task List
    Encounter Summary
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • Sys
    Y
    • Valid Values of Encounter Summary will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
    • Valid Values of Chart will display the Clinical Desktop.
    • Valid Values of MD Charges will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
    • Valid Values of Task List will display Task List.

    OccMedNavigation_Provider

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Determines navigation when a user double-clicks appointment or encounter in the Providers Schedule and a service package is present for the encounter of appointment.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Encounter Summary
      • Chart
        • MD Charges
          • Task List
    Encounter Summary
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • Sys
    Y
    • Valid Values of Encounter Summary will Display Encounter Summary from the Clinical Desktop.
    • Valid Values of Chart will display the Clinical Desktop.
    • Valid Values of MD Charges will display the selected ChgWorksPrefMenu preference.
    • Valid Values of Task List will display Task List.

    Only Export Problems via ADX After Last Assessed Date Specified

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4
    • Prevents a patient's problem data from being exported by way of Allscripts Data Exchange (ADX), if the Last Assessed Date is equal to or before the date specified in the preference value. The default value for the preference is blank, meaning that no date is specified and exported problems are not restricted by the Problem.LastAssessedDTTM file. If a date is specified as the preference value, only problems that have a Problem.LastAssessedDTTM greater than the date specified are exported. Problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or less than the date specified are restricted from export by way of ADX. For example, if you set the preference date value as 12/01/2012, all problems with Problem.LastAssessedDTTM equal to or before 12/01/2012 are restricted from export through ADX. Any problems exported after 12/01/2012 are exported.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Date Specific
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Authentication Time-Out

    • This is a numeric value that determines the number of minutes before the system requires authentication since the last time they authenticated. The system can be configured to ask for passwords when signing notes, prescribing medications, or committing the encounter summary. If a user has entered their password within the allowed time frame defined by the setting, the user will not be required to enter their password. Once the time period has passed, the user will need to enter their password to verify their access. Setting this to 0 means that a user will need to enter their password once and their authentication session will not expire again during the session.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 0-99
    5
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Patient MRN used for Communities/MRN to be used for Pt Identification

    • NOTE: Added in 11.3

    This preference gives multi-organization Community clients the ability to modify the method used to identify a patient to be either the Org-specific or the global MRN (Org 0). This preference is utilized only through Community-specific functions, for example: UAI Community launch, CED generation, and PIX/ADT. Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ sends the Enterprise/Organization level MRN to dbMotion for launching and patient identification in the Provider and Registration messages when filing a Clinical Exchange Document(CED). Any current integrations using UAI at the Org specific level are not affected by this setting(for example, Prenatal and Medflow).

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Enterprise
    • Enterprise
    No

    PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears

    • Note: Added in 11.4.1

    This preference sets the upper end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference to define the range and display the Do Not Send Patient is Adolescent entry in the Preferred Communication preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Touchworks EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range. This preference must be set to a number that is higher than the number entered for the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears preference.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 0-99
    18
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears

    • Note: Added in 11.4.1

    This preference sets the lower end of the adolescent age range and works in conjunction with the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears to define the range and display the Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent entry in the Preferred Communication preference lists on Patient Profile Dialog for patients whose age falls in the defined range. The preference only applies to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and is used with the PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange preference to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range.

    This preference must be set to a number that is lower than the number entered for the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears preference.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 0-99
    12
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Patient Portal Auto Block Export Adol Age Range

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    This preference is used to block automatic exports of clinical data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Allscripts Patient Portal™ based on the age range defined by the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears preferences. PatientPortalAutoBlockExportAdolAgeRange applies only to Allscripts Patient Portal™ and only affects patients actively registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™.

    • Y setting will activate a night job that automatically updates all of the Patient Preferred Communication settings on Patient Profile Dialog to Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent for patients within the age range defined by the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears preferences.
    The Patient Preferred Communication settings include Clinical Summary, Reminders, Chart Update, and Result Notification.

    The Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent option blocks automatic exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™.

    • N- The patient is registered with Allscripts Patient Portal™, and if any of the Patient Preferred Communication settings are set to Patient Portal or Patient Portal & Print, exports of clinical information to Allscripts Patient Portal™ are not blocked. The Patient Preferred Communication settings can be set manually to Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent to block automatic exports to Allscripts Patient Portal™ if necessary.

    LEGAL CONSIDERATION In some cases, you might need to block the automatic export of an adolescent patient's clinical data to the portal due to state or local laws regarding access to patient's health information.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Patient Portal Registration Level: Patient Portal Registration Level

    This preference defines whether the patient the default level of communication patients can have with providers.

    • Provider setting means that a patient must register with each individual provider in the practice prior to any communication being allowed happen.
    • Organization setting allows communication with all providers once regardless of which provider the patient registered with originally. Additionally this setting also allows providers to send a CED without the patient having communicated and registers that provider for Portal communication within Touchworks.

    To implement "auto-registration" of providers and patients for Allscripts Patient Portal communication in Allscripts Enterprise EHR, there is an additional required step during the implementation process. The provider file that is extracted from Allscripts Enterprise EHR and loaded into Allscripts Patient Portal must be extracted from Allscripts Patient Portal and loaded back into Allscripts Enterprise EHR to make sure the provider portal IDs are filed in the application.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Provider
      • Organization
    Provider
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Patient Portal Send Chart on Patient Registration

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    This preference determines whether a Continuity of Care Document (CCD) in Consolidated Clinical Document Architecture(CCDA) format document is sent automatically to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™. The CCD-CCDA document is included in the nightly Auto-Chart Export to Portal batch job.

    • Y: A CCD-CCDA document is automatically sent to the patient's portal account when the patient's portal registration is accepted in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™.

    The patient's Patient Preferred Communication setting for Chart Update must be set to Patient Portal on Patient Profile Dialog for the CCD-CCDA document to be sent automatically. If the patient is not defined as an adolescent*. Chart Update is automatically set to Patient Portal when the registration is accepted. Adolescent is defined as: if the age of the patient does not fall within the age range set by the PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeLowYears and PatientPortalAdolAgeRangeHighYears preferences If the patient is defined as an adolescent, Chart Update is automatically set to Do Not Send-Patient is Adolescent and the CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the portal when the registration is accepted.

    • N: A CCD-CCDA document is not automatically sent to the patient's portal account.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    (Additional: The application only sends the CCD-CCDA document the first time the patient's registration for portal is accepted. Therefore, if the patient was already registered for the portal with Provider A, and then requests to be registered with Provider B, the automatic export of the CCD-CCDA is not triggered a second time when that registration is accepted (or it is not triggered again if it is accepted by default because the Patient Portal Registration Level preference is set to Organization). Updates to the chart made after the registration is accepted but before the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job for that day is run are included in the automatically exported CCD-CCDA. Chart updates that occur after the Auto-Chart Export to Portal job is run on that day, however, would trigger automatic export of the CCD-CCDA document on the following day.)

    Patient Tracking-Use Patient Encounter Status

    • Y enables this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
    • N, disables the drop down box on the patient toolbar.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Patient Tracking-Use Patient Site Location

    • If set to Y, this will enable this drop down and the values available for the assigned site will appear in the drop down for an arrived patient.
    • If set to N, the drop down box on the patient toolbar will be disabled, but still visible.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    PCPDefaultSearch

    • Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4
    • Determines how the default search for the PCP (primary care provider) box in the Demographics section of Patient Profile Dialog is set ti either Provider or Referring Provider when selecting an entry for PCP.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Provider
      • Referring Provider
    Provider
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    PCPEditable

    • Note: Added in 11.2.3 HF4

    Determines if a user can edit the PCP field in the Patient Profile dialog.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Previously Discontinued (DC)For Patient

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a warning if an order being added has been discontinued for that patient in the past.
    • If set to Never the user will not be warned of this condition.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
      • Never
    Never
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Print Patient Education Always

    • Always setting defaults to always print patient education regardless of whether a CareGuide template is associated during an encounter. This setting can be overridden on the encounter summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
    • If CareGuide Only setting defaults to print patient education only if there was a CareGuide associated. This setting can be overridden on the Encounter Summary if the user doesn't want them for a specific encounter.
    • Never setting defaults to never automatically print patient education materials.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Always
      • If Careguide Only
        • Never
    Always
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Provider Selection limited to Favorites

    • Y setting determines if the user or provider is limited to selecting a provider from their favorites list in the drop down. The search field will be hidden and they are prevented from selecting other providers. This is typically only used in a multi-org situation when it is not viable for users to see the entire list of providers.
    • N setting determines if the user or provider has the ability to do a look-up against the entire provider dictionary.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    PtCommunicationChartUpdateEditable

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    The setting for this preference determines whether Chart Update in Patient Preferred Communication on Patient Profile Dialog is enabled. The preference setting does not affect Chart Update unless the patient is registered for a patient portal. The setting determines whether this field is editable.

    • Y- Chart Update is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates, if the patient is registered for the patient portal.
    • N- Chart Update is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive chart updates.
    • Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, Patient Portal is the default for Chart Update.
    • Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered for the patient portal, Chart Update is disabled and displays Not Enrolled in Portal by default.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    PtCommunicationClinSummariesEditable:

    Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving Clinical Summaries.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    PtCommunicationReminderEditable:

    Determines if users are allowed to edit or update a patient's preferred method for receiving reminders.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    PtCommunicationResultNotificationEditable

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    This preference determines if users are allowed to edit a patient’s preferred method to receive result notifications.

    The setting for this preference determines whether Result Notification in Patient Preferred Communication on Patient Profile Dialog is enabled. The preference setting does not affect Result Notification unless the patient is registered for the patient portal.

    • Y- Result Notification is available to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications, if the patient is registered in a patient portal.
    • N- Result Notification is unavailable to edit or update a patient's preferred communication to receive result notifications.
    • Regardless of the setting, if the patient is registered for the patient portal, Patient Portal is the default for Result Notification.
    • Regardless of the setting, if the patient is not registered in a portal, Result Notification is unavailable and displays Mail - Not Enrolled in Portal by default.
    • If set to Y and if the patient is only enrolled in a portal, where patient-to provider-messaging between the patient health record (PHR) and Allscripts Enterprise EHR is not available, the Result Notification default is Mail. If the Mail entry in the Patient Communication dictionary is inactive, Result Notification is unavailable but still displays Mail as the default.
    • If the preference is set to Y and if the patient, who is already enrolled in a portal where patient-to-provider messaging is not available, also is registered for another portal where the messaging is available, Result Notification is enabled and displays the default of Patient Portal.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    RaceEditable: Race Editable

    Allows users to edit the Race box for patients from the Patient Profile page. NOTE: The PMS is not updated when this field is edited in the EHR.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Blank
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    RequestMaxRetries

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Sets the maximum number of times the application will try to reconnect with the web server if a web exception is raised while running a Safe to Retry stored procedure. If the number of retries exceeds the preference value, an exception is raised and an error message is displayed.

    • Note: The preference is only valid for a Safe to Retry stored procedure.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 1-5
    3
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    RequestTimeout

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Sets the timeout property in seconds for a web request object. The web request object waits for a response from the web server for the time period set by the preference. The preference to sets the limit of the waiting time for the stored procedure to execute.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • 10 seconds
      • 20
        • 30
          • 40
            • 50
              • 60
                • 70
                  • 90
                    • 100
                      • 120
    60 seconds
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A


    Sensitive Health (Subkey: Automatically Flag Patients)

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1

    The organization can determine if electronic health records will be automatically flagged if it may contain sensitive health conditions. A nightly SQL job will identify any patient EHRs that might contain Sensitive Health information based on patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey:"Age Range High Limit in Years).

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N
    • If set to Yes, then a nightly SQL job will run based on the patient age criteria set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) and an icon will be displayed on the patient banner. The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.

    Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years)

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1

    An organization can determine the lowest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric 0-30
    0
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N
    • If set to Yes, patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
    • If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.


    Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years)

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1

    An organization can determine the highest age limit in years to flag patient EHRs as containing potential sensitive health conditions.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric 0-30
    30
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N
    • If set to Yes, patients within the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) will be flagged in the patient banner with an icon.The icon can be manually removed through the Patient Profile Dialog.
    • If the patient does not meet the age range set in Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range Low Limit in Years) and Sensitive Health (Subkey: Age Range High Limit in Years) the icon does not display.


    ShowAndLogRequestAbortErrorMessage

    • NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Displays a message and logs an error if the error occurred because the request was stopped. If the preference is set to the default value of Y, the message, The request was aborted, is displayed and logged in the error_log table. If the preference is set to N, the exception is silently logged in the Instrumentation log. The error description in the instrumentation log is prefixed with the text, Ignored Exception.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Toolbar Default for Clinician Choice Button

    Determines which tab of Add Clinical Item opens when you click the Clinician Choice icon on the Clinical Toolbar. Note: If Chief Complaint is defaulted (only available to V11 Note users) then the Chief Complaint icon is displayed on the Clinical Toolbar, rather than the Clinician Choice icon.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Active
      • Past Medical History
        • Past Surgical History
          • Family History
            • Social History
              • Allergies
                • Medication History
                  • Immunization History
                    • 90
                      • Chief Complaints
                        • Rx
                          • Medication Administration
                            • Laboratory
                              • Radiology
                                • Procedures
                                  • Findings
                                    • FollowUp/Referral
                                      • Imaging
                                        • Instructions
                                          • Immunizations
                                            • Supplies
                                              • CareGuides
                                                • QSets
    N/A
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Y

    Toolbar Default for History Builder Button

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Enables users to be able to set a default tab for the History Builder Button within the ACI.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Active
      • Past Medical History
        • Past Surgical History
          • Family History
            • Social History
              • Allergies
                • Medication History
                  • Immunization History
                    • 90
                      • Immunization History
    N/A
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Y

    Toolbar Default for Problem-Based Order Button

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Default for Problem-Based Order Button to direct user to a specific Problem-Based Order tab in ACI.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • CareGuides
      • QSets
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Y

    Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon *

    • Note: Updated Values in 11.4.1

    Default for Rx/Orders Button - Lab Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Laboratory
      • Radiology
        • Findings
          • FollowUp/Referral
            • Instructions
              • Immunizations
                • Supplies
    Lab/Procedures
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Y

    Toolbar Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Default for Rx/Orders Button - Rx Icon to direct user to a specific Rx/Orders tab in ACI

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Rx
      • Medication Administration
    Rx
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Y

    UA Install Location

    • This preference is no longer used.

    Use Clinical Desktop Default View When Switching Patients

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    • Y setting will display the user's default Clinical Desktop View
    • N setting will display the view that s displayed pruior to chaning the patient in context.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    Use Organization or Site Address for Patient Ed Print Out

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Determines which address to display on the patient education print out.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Site
      • Organization
    Organization
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    URL to find the UAI DesktopAgent install (optional)

    This setting is to be used by clients using the UAI application only. If this is to be used, the technical resource installing the UAI tool would provide the appropriate setting for this field.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Free Text Provided by Technical Rep
    Blank Unless using UAI
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Wand Charge Enabled

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    In order to generate visit charges in Allscript Wand this preference must be set to 'Y'

    • Y setting enables the Billing button on the Note Preview screen in Allscripts Wand™.
    • N setting enables the visit charge functionality is available in Allscripts Wand™.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Set at Enterprise Level and Override for specific users

    Wand Chief Complaint Enabled

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    By default, the Chief Complaint section does not appear on the Patient Review screen in Allscripts Wand™. An administrator must configure the Wand Chief Complaint Enabled preference to be displayed

    • When set to Y Allscripts Wand™ displays the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
    • When set to N Allscripts Wand™ does not display the Chief Complaint section on the Patient Review screen.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • User
    N/A

    Wand Document Enabled

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    Allscripts Wand™ enables you to create, edit, sign, and finalize unstructured documents from an iPad® device. You can turn off document-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Document Enabled preference settings.

    • When set to Y the Documents button is enabled on the Encounter screen in Allscripts Wand™.
    • When set to N you can only view documents through the Patient Review screen, and you cannot create documents in Allscripts Wand™.

    Setting Wand Document Enabled to N does not prevent users from signing documents. It only prevents new document creation.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • User
    N/A

    Wand Encounter Enabled

    • Note: Added in v11.4.1

    Allscripts Wand™ enables you to manage patient encounters from an iPad® device. You can turn off encounter-related functions in Allscripts Wand™. The system administrator must change the Wand Encounter Enabled preference settings.

    • When set to Y the Encounter button is available in Allscripts Wand™, and you can swipe to access the Encounter screen.
    • When set to N the Encounter button is not available in Allscripts Wand™, and you cannot swipe to access the Encounter screen.

    Note: See the Wand for Enterprise User Guide for further information on working with encounters.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • User
    N/A

    Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc

    • This is disabled and not used at this time. Do not modify.

    WorkspaceVerifyTask

    • NOTE: Added in 11.2

    This preference determines which Workspace opens when you double-click a Verify CED Item task or highlight the task and click Go To.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
    Verify Clinical Item View
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    WorkspaceViewTasks

    This setting determines the default clinical desktop view to use when working an worklist related item from the task list. When a worklist task is double-clicked from the task list, it will navigate the user to the clinical desktop and use the defined view. This should be set to a Clinical Desktop View that is designed to efficiently complete worklist items.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Any Selection from the list of Worklist Views
    Worklist View Designed Efficiently Complete Worklist Items
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    HMP Preferences

    Health Maintenance Problems - Default to Expanded

    Indicates whether or not the Health Maintenance Problems default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Alert
    • Never
    • Always
    Show in My Alerts Enterprise Yes


    HMP Vitals Units

    Indicates the default system that is used to calculate Vitals values.

    • Note: If 'As Entered' is selected, then the value is displayed exactly how the value was entered.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • US
    • Metric
    • As Entered
    US Metric system
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    ImmunizationAdminViewShowPermDeferred

    • Note: New V11.4

    Indicates if permanently deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View.

    • Y setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
    • N setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    ImmunizationAdminViewShowTempDeferred

    • Note: New V11.4

    Indicates if temporarily deferred immunizations appear by default in the Immunization Series/Administered Recorded View. If temporarily deferred items are displayed in the Administered/Record view then those items are also cited when that view is cited into note.

    • Y setting shows the permanently deferred immuizations by default.
    • N setting hides the permanently deferred immunizations by default.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    My Priority View-Default Other Problems to Expanded

    • Note: New V11.4

    Indicates whether or not problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands other problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Always
    • Never
    • Alert
    Always
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    My Priority View-Default My Priority Problems to Expanded

    • Note: New V11.4

    Indicates whether or not My Priority problems default to an expanded state in the My Priority View. The alert setting expands My Priority Problems in the My Priority View if there is an overdue item, a near or past due item that causes an alert icon to appear

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Always
    • Never
    • Alert
    Always
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    NormativeGrowthChart

    Indicates the default system that is used to calculate the Normative Growth Chart Values.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Us Units
    • Metric Units
    US units
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    NormativeGrowthChartGraphLabels

    Indicates the which labels should display on the Normative Growth Charts by Default.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Show Age
    • Show Data
    • Show Percentiles
    Blank
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    NormativeGrowthChartOrder

    Indicates the order in which the Normative Growth Chart units are displayed in the chart.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Height-Weight-BMI
    • Weight-Height-BMI
    Height / Weight / BMI
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    Other Medications and Other Orders - Default to Expanded

    Indicates whether or not other medications and orders default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Alert
    • Never
    • Always
    Always
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    Problem/Problem Type View - Default Acute Problems to Expanded

    Indicates whether or not acute problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Alert
    • Never
    • Always
    Always
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    Problem/Problem Type View - Default Chronic Problems to Expanded

    Indicates whether or not chronic problems default to an expanded state when in the Problem View.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Alert
    • Never
    • Always
    Always
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Resulted Panels - Default to Expanded

    Indicates whether or not the Result panels default to an expanded state when the HMP page is opened.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Alert
    • Never
    • Always
    Always
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Blank Rows

    Indicates whether or not to show blank rows on the HMP page.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Clinical Findings if

    Indicates that Clinical Findings should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Diagnostic Imaging if

    Indicates that Diagnostic Imaging should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Follow - up if

    Indicates that Follow-up should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    Show Instructions if

    Indicates that Instructions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Immunizations if

    Indicates that immunizations should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Laboratory if

    Indicates that Laboratory should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Medication Admin if

    Indicates that Medication Admins should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Other Diagnostic Testing if

    Indicates that Other Diagnostic Testing should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Precautions if

    Indicates that Precautions should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    Show Referrals if

    Indicates that Referrals should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Show Supplies if

    Indicates that Supplies should display if the selected criteria is met. Organizations have the ability to select one, two, or all three of the valid values for this preference.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Incomplete Order
    • Reminder
    • Most Recent
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Suppress Other Medication

    Determines whether or not to display "Other Medications" in the HMP.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes


    Suppress Other Orders

    Determines whether to show or hide Other Orders from the HMP.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Meds Preferences

    AllowUsersToSelectSelfForVisualVerification

    • NOTE: New in V15.1

    Enables organizations to determine if users can select his or her username as the person who verified the medication or immunization when Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details or Immunization Details.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A

    AllowFutureDateRecwoOrdering

    New in v11.4.1 HF1

    This preference enables you to specify the Rx Date in Medication Details as a future date, if the Record w/o Ordering box is selected. The preference does not apply to medication administration or immunization orders.

    If set to Y the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled for past, current, or future dates.

    If set to N the Rx Date box in Medication Details is enabled only for past or current dates.

    If the Record w/o Ordering box is not selected, the application uses the existing validation for a past or current date, and the preferred patient communication method.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    Yes

    Apply to All Print Dialog Default Value

    This preference sets the checkbox on the Print Dialog presented for Prescriptions.

    • If set to Y the 'apply to all' checkbox will be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
    • If set to N the 'apply to all' check box will not be selected by default on the Prescription Print Dialog.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    AssignRxRenewTaskToManagedByProvider

    • New in v11.4.1

    This preference determines if the Rx Renew Request tasks is automatically assigned to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or a prior renewal.

    • Y If there is a Managed By provider, Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Managed By provider who is associated with the matched patient therapy instead of the Ordered By provider.
    • N Rx Renew Request tasks are automatically assigned to the Ordered By provider associated with the matched patient therapy. If the medication cannot be matched or if both the Ordered By and Managed By provider are inactive, the task is not assigned to a provider.
    • Administrators can configure Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to automatically assign Rx Renew Request tasks to the provider responsible for managing the requested patient therapy (the Managed By provider) instead of the Ordered By provider for the original prescription or prior renewal. (See ABDR 11.4.1 Configure automatic assignment of Rx Renew Request tasks to the Managed By provider for more information)
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Automatically Attach Coupon to Rx (When Applicable)

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Allows eCoupons to be automatically attached to applicable medications.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes
    • If set to Yes, the coupon output method in Medication Details is automatically set to Send coupon to pharmacy electronically or Print coupon and give to patient depending on the prescribe action set in Medication Details.
    • If set to No, the coupon output method in Medication Details is set to Decline coupon for this patient automatically. Both Send coupon to pharmacy electronically or Print coupon and give to patient will still be available to select manually.

    Auto Dispense Inventory Medications

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7

    Sets default prescribe action to Dispense for In-inventory Medications when the selected medication is in the inventory.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Automatically Reactivate NRM

    • Note: Added in v11.4

    This preference determines if and when No Reported Medications (NRM) will be automatically reactivated in the Meds/Orders component.

    • If set to N user must manually active NRM via Add Clinical Item when there are not active medications on the patient record (when all meds are in completed, Perm Deferral, EIE, or Discontinued Status and the Current Medications List is empty.
    • If set to NotActiveOnly the system automatically reactivates NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are not active medications on the patient record.
    • If set to NoActiveorTempDefer the system automatically actives NRM in the Meds/Orders component if there are no active medications or if the only medications displayed in the Current Medications are in a Temporary Deferral Status.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • N
    • NotActiveOnly
    • NoActiveorTempDefer
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Days Before RxAction Date To Consider Near Due

    This preference sets a numeric value between 0-99 representing the number of days prior to a Prescription Action being due to consider it near due and a reminder is created.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric value between 0-99
    14
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Days Include Completed Meds

    • Note Added in V11.4

    This preference sets a a numeric value between 0-30 representing the number of daysfor which a DUR alert displays for medications that arein a status of Complete.


    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric value between 0-30
    30
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Default Immun Link to Health Maintenance

    Determines whether a new immunization is automatially linked to Health Maintenance as a problem.

    • Y setting will automatically link Health Maintenance as the problem in the Link To box in Order Entry.
    • N setting will leave the Link To box blank and the user will have to manually select a problem to associate to the order.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Default Rx Action for Renewal

    If set to 'previous action' the renewed prescription will default to the Rx action used during for the original version of the prescription. If set to 'User Default' the renewed prescription will default to the users default Rx action.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Previous Action
    • User Default
    Previous Action
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    Destination: Default Rx Action

    Determines the Default Rx action for medication orders.

    • If set to Call Rx the Rx action will default to Call Rx.
    • If set to Dispense Sample, the Rx action will default to Dispense sample.
    • If set to Print Rx the Rx action will default to Print Rx.
    • If set to Record the Rx action will default to Record.
    • If set to Send To Mail Order the Rx action will default to Send To Mail Order.
    • If set to Send to Retail the Rx action will default to Send to Retail.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • CallRx
    • Dispense Sample
    • Print Rx
    • Record
    • Send to Mail Order
    • Send to Retail
    Send to Retail
    • Enterprise
    Yes

    DestinationOTC: Default Rx Action for OTC

    • Note: Added in V11.4

    This preference is to ensure OTC medication orders are recorded, printed or sent to the patient's pharmacy.

    • If set to Call Rx the Rx is to call the OTC prescription.
    • If set to Dispense Sample, the Rx action is to dispense the patient an OTC medication sample.
    • If set to Print Rx the Rx action is to print a hard copy of the OTC prescription.
    • If set to Record the Rx action is to document the OTC prescription in the patient's record.
    • If set to Send To Mail Order the Rx is to send the OTC prescription electronically to a mail order pharmacy.
    • If set to Send to Retail the Rx action is to send the OTC Prescription electronically to a retail pharmacy.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • CallRx
    • Dispense Sample
    • Print Rx
    • Record
    • Send to Mail Order
    • Send to Retail
    Blank-automatically defaults to Default Action RX value
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin By

    • If set to Y the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
    • If set to N the Default Admin By for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin By).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin Date

    • If set to Y the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
    • If set to N the Default Admin Date for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Date).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Y
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin Dose

    • If set to Y the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
    • If set to N the Default Admin Dose for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
    • Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Dose).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin Lot

    • If set to Y the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
    • If set to N the Default Admin Lot for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
    • Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Lot).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin Manufacturer

    If set to Y the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at. If set to N the Default Admin Manufacturer for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.

    • Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Manufacturer).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin Route

    • If set to Y the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
    • If set to N the Default Admin Route for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
    • Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default AdminRoute).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Admin Site

    • If set to Y the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will default based on the previously used value for the particular medication. This value is based on the site and will be stored differently for each site the user may work at.
    • If set to N the Default Admin Site for a Medication Administration and Immunizations will not default for the user. This forces the user to manually select the value each time.
    • Note: The user must complete one administration for the item before this value becomes the default.
    • Note: User Level: Personalize (Clinical Toolbar >Personalize > Meds> Default Admin Site).
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Disp Save Default

    • If set to Y, this defaults the 'save as default for selected SIG' option to be selected on the medication screen. If this information is saved, the next time a provider selects that SIG, the Days, Quantity, Units, Refill, and DAW option will fill in based on the previously saved values.
    • If set to N, the 'save as default for selected SIG' will not be selected by default, but the provider can select this option if they prefer to save a default from time to time.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Display Dose Range Missing

    • Note: Added in V11.4

    This preference determines if a message displays on the Medication Details indicating there are no dose ranges available for the medication.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • All
    • Pediatric
    • Geriatric
    • None
    All
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Display RX Coverage Detail

    Determines if Rx coverage detailsare displayed by default.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    DUR Acknowledge Reason

    • If set to Y the user must provide a reason when ignoring a DUR Warning.
    • If set to N the user will not be required to provide a reason for ignoring the warning.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    DUR Warning: Dose Check Interrupt Timing

    DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a dose check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this setting to work, the Enterprise DUR settings for dosage must also be on.
    • If set to Never the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    DUR WARNING: Drug to Alcohol Check Interrupt Timing

    DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate" or "Never".

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with an alcohol check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Alcohol screening must also be enabled.
    • If set to Never the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    No

    DUR WARNING: Drug to Drug Check Interrupt Timing

    DUR Preferences are no longer set per severity levels. They can only be set to "Immediate'or Never".

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a drug-drug check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Drug interactions must also be enabled.
    • If set to Never the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    No

    DUR WARNING: Drug to Food Check Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a food check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for food screening interactions must also be enabled.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    No


    DUR WARNING: Drug to Healthstate Check Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a Drug-Health State check DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Drug-Health State interactions must also be enabled.
    • If set to Never the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    No


    DUR WARNING: Duplicate Therapy Check Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a Duplicate Therapy DUR warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for Duplicate Therapy interactions must also be enabled.
    • If set to Never the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    No

    DUR WARNING: PAR Check Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate the user will be prompted with a Prior Adverse Reaction (PAR) warning immediately after selecting the medication. For this to work the Enterprise settings for PAR interactions must also be enabled.
    • If set to Never the user will not be prompted with this type of warning.
    • Note: The DUR Severity Levels are set in TWAdmin/Org Setup/Enterprise
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    No

    EnableElectronicPriorAuth

    • NOTE: Added in v11.5

    Allows organizations to configure the electronic (ePA) feature.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    EnableEpcs

    • NOTE: Added in v11.5

    Allows organization to determine if Electronic Prescripts for Controlled Substances (EPCS) ordering and signing workflows are enabled at the enterprise or org level for users who have been built per EPCS Implementation Guide.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A
    • If set to Yes, EPCS is enabled at the level specified and enables all EPCS ordering and signing workflows.
    • If set to No, EPCS is not enabled at the level specified and no user can electronically prescribe a controlled substance. Fully provisioned providers can however order controlled substances through non-EPCS workflows.

    EnableMAI: Enable Medication Adherence Indicators

    This preference is no longer used.

    Enable PMPRegistryDocumentation

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1

    Allows organizations to enable the Record Registry Consult controls in Clinical Desktop.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A
    • If set to Yes, the Record Registry Consult controls is displayed on the Clinical Desktop. This will allow the user to validate that the state medication registry was consulted when prescribing a controlled substance.The mandated I-STOP Act requirement for New York State is fulfilled.

    Enable Rx Hub Medication History

    Determines if external medication history data is allowed to be brought into the application. In addition this setting determines if the Medication Consent is enabled within the patient profile. Some organizations require written confimration of consent in some form from the patient prior to any action being taken. In these cases typically the front desk staff would update the patient profile.

    • Note this prefrence is set in conjuction with Medication History preference in accordance with organizational policies.
    • If set to Y the application will allow patient history to be loaded from Rx Hub. This requires that the patient's medication benefits information is added to the application and a match can be made with the Rx Hub Warehouse. If these items are both true, a patients historical medications will be loaded into the system.
    • If set to N the system will not attempt to load the patient's historical medications.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Enable SCRIPT Messaging

    • If set to Y then Script messaging is enabled between the provider and the pharmacies using the SureScripts network. This requires other setup as well, but must be enabled for providers or systems that have been setup and want to use this type of messaging. When turned on, the system will determine if the pharmacy is a script enabled pharmacy and determine if a script should be sent electronically or as a fax. This occurs when the Rx Action is Send to Retail. Inbound Script messages will appear as New Prescription Request (NEWRX), Renewal Request (REFREQ), and Renewal Response (REFRES) messages.
    • If set to N Script messaging will be disabled
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No - Unless set up for SureScripts usage
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Enable Touchscript Messaging

    • If Y is selected then organizations can send in-office medication requests from Touchworks EHR to TouchScripts. This would be used if you are using the FirstFill product which is a part of TouchScripts. If you are interested in this product you would contact your account manager.
    • If set to N this feature will be disabled.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No - Unless set up for FirstFill Usage
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    EPCS (Subkey:OTPDefaultDevice)

    • NOTE: Added in V11.5
    • This preference does not need to be configured. Preference is defined when a one time password fills the OTP Device Type default on the Sign Prescription page for Electronic Prescriptions for Controlled Substances.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Exact name of device is established during Verizon enrollment.
    This is automatically filled when the prescriber selects a device on Sign Prescription and signs the prescription.
    • User
    Administrator Only


    EPCSReportingServiceURL(Subkey: CommonReportingURL)

    • NOTE: Added in V11.5
    • Allows organizations to define,for EPCS functionality, the URL that Allscripts Touchworks EHR will connect to for EPCS Reporting Service. Any prescriber can access EPCS Report through the configured EPCS menu.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • URL
    Default URL for production is https://connect.ps.allscriptscloud.com/Reporting
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    EPCSReportingServiceURL(Subkey: DOIReportURL)

    • NOTE: Added in V11.5
    • Allows organizations to define,for EPCS functionality, the URL that Allscripts Touchworks EHR will connect to for EPCS Daily Report of Incidents portal service. Allows administrators the Tenant Admin or EPCS Approver permission access to the Daily Report of Incidents. This is available through EPCS Admin menu.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • URL
    Default URL for production is https://droiportal.ps.allscriptsloud.com/EPCSReportingPortalService
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Formulary Alternatives Reason Required

    • If set to Off Formulary w/ Preferred the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.
    • If set to Preferred the user would be required to enter a reason for prescribing a specific medication when the medication has preferred alternatives available.
    • If set to Never the user would not be forced to provide a reason for ignoring formulary alternatives.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Off Formulary w/ Preferred
    • Preferred
    • never
    Never
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A

    Formulary Checking Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are prescribing the medication.
    • If set to Deferred the user would be prompted with formulary checking alternatives as they are committing the encounter summary information.
    • If set to Never the user would not receive the warning.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
    • Deferred
    • Never
    Immediate
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    No

    Immunization - Expiration Date

    Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete an immunization administration.

    • If set to Y this will require the user to enter an expiration date.
    • If set to N this will not require the user to enter an expiration date.
    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A


    Immunization - Lot Required

    Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete an immunization administration.

    • If set to Y this will require the user to enter a lot number.
    • If set to N this will not require the user to enter a lot number.
    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Immunization - Manufacturer

    Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete an immunization administration.

    • If set to Y this will require the user to enter a manufacturer number.
    • If set to N this will not require the user to enter a manufacturer number.
    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Immunization - NDC

    Determines whether or not an NDC (National Drug Code) number is required to complete an immunization administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    • Chargeable
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Immunization - Requiredness

    Determines required field behavior for Expiraton, Date, Lot, Manufacturer, and NDC Preferences whether fields are required to Complete or Required to Save.

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required to Complete
    • Required to Save
    Required to Complete
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Immunization Order Authorization Required

    • If set to Prospective a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.
    • If set to Retrospective a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The immunization can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review. * If set to Not Required no tasks will be created and the immunization will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prospective
    • Retrospective
    • Not Required
    Not Required
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    No


    MaxDailyDoseRequired

    • NOTE: Added in V11.5
    • Allows organization to determine which controlled substance schedules require a Maximum Daily Dose to be set in SIG on Medication Details.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Not Required|II|III|IV|V|All
    Not Required
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Admin Only
    • If Not Required, for all controlled substances. Sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to not required for all controlled substances.
    • If II, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level II controlled substance.
    • If III, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level III controlled substance.
    • If IV, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level IV controlled substance.
    • If V, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level V controlled substance.
    • If All, sets Maximum Daily Dose in SIG on Medication Details to required for level I,II,III and V controlled substance.

    MaxDaysToRetainDistributedCoupon

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1
    • Allows organization to determine the number of days to keep a distributed coupon for printing, faxing, viewing, or sending.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Integer 7-30
    7
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    MAR Prescription BarCode

    • If set to AHS RX Number the bar code printed on the MAR prescription will use the Allscripts Rx Number.
    • If set to NDC the bar code printed will have the National Drug Code.
    • If set tp GPI the bar code printed will use the Gingival-Periodontal Index code.
    • Note: Do not change this preference. It is only used with the MAR (Medication Administration Record) module which most clinics do not use. For the few clients that do use this module, this setting would be based on their needs
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • AHS Rx Number
    • NDC
    • GPI
    Do not change this setting
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    No

    Med Admin - Expiration Date

    Determines whether or not an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration.

    • If set to Y an expiration date is required to complete a medication administration.
    • If set to N an expiration date is not required to complete a medication administration.
    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Med Admin - Lot Required

    Determines whether or not a lot is required to complete a medication administration.

    • If set to Y a lot is required to complete a medication administration.
    • If set to N a lot is not required to complete a medication administration.
    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Med Admin - Manufacturer

    Determines whether or not a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration.

    • If set to Y a manufacturer is required to complete a medication administration.
    • If set to N a manufacturer is not required to complete a medication administration.
    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Med Admin - NDC

    Determines whether or not an NDC number is required to complete an medication administration. If Chargeable, is required only when value is configured in Charge Code field in OID.

    • Note: Added in v11.1.7
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    • Chargeable
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Prescribe Enable Admin - Schedule

    Determines whether or not a scheduled medication administration can be enabled.

    • Note: Added in v11.4
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Med Admin - Requiredness

    Determines whether the other Medication Administration preferences (Expiration Date, Lot, Manufacturer, NDC) are required when completing or saving the Medication Admin detail.

    • Note: Added in v11.4
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required to Complete
    • Required to Save
    Required to Complete
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Med History Query Duration

    This preference determines the specific amount of time (in months) for retrieval of patients medication history from Rx Hub. The preference is configurable from one month to 24 months.

    • Note: Added in 11.1.6
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric from 1 to 24 (months)
    6 (months)
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Medication History: Default value for Med Hx consent

    This preference determines the default value for the medication history consent within the Patient Profile and works in conjuction with the Enable Rx Hub Medication History Preference.

    • Unknown sets the Medication History Consent to Unknown by default.
    • Granted sets the Medication History Consent to Granted by default.
    • Declined sets the Medication History Consent to Declined by default.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Granted
    • Declined
    • Unknown
    Unknown
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required For Medication Order

    This preference is enacted when the setting for ReqReAuthActivate preference is set to yes. If order authentication is required, this value is the number of minutes before a user is required to re-authenticate within the system. (This setting does not apply to the log in screen.)

    • If this setting is set to 0, the system will only ask for a password once during a session when ordering a med.
    • If set to 5, the user will need to re-authenticate if they have not completed an action that required authentication within the past 5 minutes.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    0
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Non-Scheduled Meds Order Authorization Required

    • If set to Prospective a task will be created for a user/provider that does not have the appropriate medication prescribing levels. The task must be authorized by the ordering provider before the request can be fulfilled.
    • If set to Retrospective a task will be created for the ordering provider for auditing purposes only. The medication request can still be fulfilled at the time of entry, but the audit task will be created for review.
    • If set to Not Required no tasks will be created and the medication request will be completed at the time of entry and completion.
    • Note - If a user has the 'Med Order Protocol' Security code assigned to them, they do have the ability to override the Prospective authorization setting. This allows for users to choose "Per Protocol" or "Per Verbal Order" on the Medication Detail screen and allows for clinics to continue these workflows. This would change the setting to Retrospective in this case and the provider would receive an audit task.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prospective
    • Retrospective
    • Not Required
    Prospective
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Order Present Formulary Alternatives

    • If set to Off Formulary w/ Preferred the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication is off formulary and there are preferred medications available.
    • If set to Preferred the user would be presented with formulary alternatives when the medication has preferred alternatives available.
    • If set to Never the user would not be presented with formulary alternatives.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Off Formulary with Preferred
    • Preferred
    • Never
    Off Formulary w/ Preferred
    • Enterprise
    Personlize


    Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule III Rx

    • If set to Y the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
    • If set to N the transmission of Schedule III drugs electronically will be allowed.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Depends on State/Federal Law
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule II Rx

    • If set to Y the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
    • If set to N the transmission of Schedule II drugs electronically will be allowed.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Depends on State/Federal Law
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule IV Rx

    • If set to Y the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
    • If set to N the transmission of Schedule IV drugs electronically will be allowed.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Depends on State/Federal Law
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Order Prohibit Transmission of Schedule V Rx

    • If set to Y the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be prohibited. This would not allow users the ability to use 'Send to Retail' for this class of drugs.
    • If set to N the transmission of Schedule V drugs electronically will be allowed.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Depends on State/Federal Law
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Override Sign Rx Task for Schedule II Meds

    • Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank

    Override Sign RX Task for Schedule III-V Meds (Override Sign Rx CIII-V)

    • Note: This preference is not used and should be left blank

    Prescribe Enable Medication Administration Schedule

    • If set to Y the ability to schedule a medication administration is available.
    • If set to N the ability to schedule a medication administration is not available.
    • Note: This preference applies to the Medication Administration Record Module.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A

    Prescribe Non-Formulary Authorization Required

    Determines whether authorization is required for non-formulary prescriptions written by users without the Authorize Non-Formulary Prescribing security code.

    • If set to Y the medication will require authorization prior to fulfillment if prescribing off formulary and will not print without authorization until Authorize Non- Formulary Medication task is resolved. This setting also requires the end user for selecting a reason for prescibing a non formulary medication.
    • If set to N the system will not require authorization if prescribed medications are off formulary.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Y
    • N
    N
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Prescribe Print Problem

    Determines if the problem associated with the medication prints on the rx script.

    • If set to 'Y the problem linked to the medication will be printed on the prescription.
    • If set to N the problem linked to the medication will not display on prescriptions.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personlize

    Prescribe Print Script Hdr: Hide or Show the Sites

    Determines if the site associated with the medication prints on the rx script. * If set to Y the Site will display on the prescription.

    • If set to N the Site will not display on the prescription.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Prescribe Print Script HdrCS: Hide or Show the Sites name/address on the printed scheduled prescription

    Determines if the site name and address associated with the medication prints on the rx script.

    • If set to Y the Site name and address will display on the prescription.
    • If set to N the Site name and address will not display on the prescription.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise| align="center" style="border-style: solid; border-width: 0 1px 1px 0"|N/A


    Prescribe Problem Linking Required

    Determines if problem linking to a prescription is required to reach a status of "Active".

    • If set to Required to Save, the prescription details screen will require a user to select a linked problem prior to saving the prescription.
    • If set to Needs Info Reason, the user does not have to select a problem on the medication detail screen, but the medication will go to a needs info status and create a "Rx Info - Problem" task. This task will need to be worked and completed before the medication can be fulfilled.
    • If set to Not Required the system will not force the user to select a problem when prescribing or renewing a medication.
    • Note: Using the selection 'Required to Save' assist in building user Quicksets.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required to Save
    • Needs Info Reason
    • Not Required
    Required to Save
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Prescribe Rx by Editing Rx Updates Ordered By Field

    • If set to Y the Ordered by field will update to the current user renewing a medication if they are a valid ordering provider. This can be a good feature when providers are covering for others and the desired behavior is to have the actual prescribing provider documented as the Ordering Provider.
    • If set to N the original Ordering Provider will remain unless manually overridden.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A

    Prescribe Updates Supervised By On Edit

    • Note: Added in v11.4

    Determines if an Attending Providers name should be updated in the Supervised By for a medication order; such as Rx, Medication Admin or Immunization Administration, if the provider edits authorizes or voids the medication order.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A

    Prescribe Warn If Not Participating

    Determines whether a warning is dispayed when a medication is not participating in DUR checking. This can be useful if an organization adds locally defined medications to their dictionary.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Faxed Prescriptions

    This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on faxed prescriptions.

    • If set to Hide the Allscripts watermark will not appear on faxed prescriptions.
    • If set to Show the Allscripts watermark will appear on faxed prescriptions.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Show
    • Hide
    Show
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Prescribing: Hide or Show Allscripts Watermark on Printed Prescriptions

    This preference determines whether to hide or show the Allscripts watermark on printed prescriptions.

    • If set to Hide the Allscripts watermark will not appear on printed prescriptions.
    • If set to Show the Allscripts watermark will appear on printed prescriptions.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Show
    • Hide
    Show
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Prescribing Supervision

    Determines whether a cosignature is needs to complete a medication order. This works with several other required authorization preferences.

    Non-ScheduledMedsOrderAuthorizationrequired
    ScheduleIIMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired
    ScheduleIIItoVMedsOrderAuthorizationRequired
    ImmunizationOrderAuthorizationRequired
    • If set to Y along with the approriate authorization required preference it determines what happens when a medication is ordered.
    • If set to Prospective the prescription status is Unauthorized adn the order is hlep for authorization. A new Authorize Order task is created or added to the current Authorize Order task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists.
    • If set to Retrospective a Notification task is created or added to the currently active Order Notification task for the patient/supervising provider combination if one exists. The order does not go to the Unauthorized Status.
    • If set to Not Required no task is sent to the Supervised By provider adn the order does not
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    N/A


    Prescribing Without Allergy Status

    This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's allergy status is not defined.

    • If set to Prevent the user will be prompted when a patient's allergy status is not set. This will require them to define a patient's allergy status prior to completing a medication request.
    • If set to Warn the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has an unknown allergy status when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.
    • If set to Do Not Warn the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prevent
    • Warn
    • Do Not Warn
    Warn
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Prescribing Without Pharmacy Specified

    This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted if the patient's pharmacy is not defined.

    • If set to Prevent the user will be prompted when a patient's pharmacy is not set. This will require them to define a pharmacy prior to completing a medication request.
    • If set to Warn the user will receive a warning message stating the patient has no pharmacy when they are not defined for a patient. This occurs when selecting a medication from the ACI.
    • If set to Do Not Warn the user will not receive a warning when prescribing medications and a pharmacy is not defined.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prevent
    • Warn
    • Do Not Warn
    Warn
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Prevent Ord Abs Contraind

    • Note: Added in v11.4

    This preference determines if a Drug-Disease Alert with Absolute Contraindication is displayed when a medication is absolutely contraindicated for a pregnant patient.

    • If set to Y the absolute contraindication rule is run.
    • If set to N the absolute contraindication rule is not run.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions

    This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication.

    • If set to Y the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when prescribing or renewing a medication. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.
    • If set to N the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Prescriptions (Subkey:Print Rx)

    • New in v11.2.2

    This preference determines whether the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications.

    • If set to Y the provider or user will be prompted to enter their password when printing new or renewed medications. This behavior is also dependent on the 'Authentication Time-Out' in the general preferences.
    • If set to N the provider or user will not be prompted to enter their password.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    In certain versions that have both ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx) and ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey), ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx) can override ReqReAuthActivatePrescription for medications with Print Rx selected as the prescribe action.

    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey),= 'Y' and
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)= 'Y'
    Then - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey),= 'Y' and
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)= 'N'
    Then - System prompts for re-authentication for any prescribe action except Print Rx, for which there is not a re-authentication prompt.
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey),= 'N' and
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)= 'N'
    Then - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (without subkey),= 'N' and
    ReqReAuthActivatePrescription (Subkey: Print Rx)= 'Y'
    Then - System does not prompt for re-authentication for any prescribe action including Print Rx.

    Rx Supervisor Signature Required

    This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature.

    • If set to Not Required the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication.
    • If set to Notification Only the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when an ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.
    • If set to Authorization Before Fulfillment the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a non-controlled medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Not Required
    • Notification Only
    • Authorization Before Fulfillment
    This should be based upon the organization's policy
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule II Meds

    This preference determines whether the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule II Meds.

    • If set to Not Required the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication.
    • If set to Notification Only the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider.
    • If set to Authorization Before Fulfillment the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule II medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Not Required
    • Notification Only
    • Authorization Before Fulfillment
    Based Upon Organizational Policy
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No


    Rx Supervisor Signature Required for Schedule III-V Meds

    This preference determines whether to the user will be prompted for an Rx Supervisor Signature for Schedule III-V Meds.

    • If set to Not Required the supervising provider will not be tasked when a ordering proider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication.
    • If set to Notification Only the supervising provider will receive a Order Notification task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. * If set to Authorization Before Fulfillment the supervising provider will receive an Authorize Order task when a ordering provider that requires supervision prescribes a schedule III-V medication. The task will be assigned to the provider that is defined as the supervising provider. The task must be completed before the medication will be fulfilled.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Not Required
    • Notification Only
    • Authorization Before Fulfillment
    Based Upon Organizational Policy
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Rx Disable Fax Signature(applies to Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications)

    This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications.

    • If set to 2 signature is hidden for Class II medications.
    • If set to 2,3 signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
    • If set to 2,3,4 signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
    • If set to 2,3,4,5 signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.
    • If set to Always signature is hidden for all medications.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • 2
    • 2,3
    • 2,3,4
    • 2,3,4,5
    • Always
    Abide by State Law
    • Enterprise
    No

    Disable Printing of Class II, III, IV, and V Schedule Medications

    Determines whether a signature prints for Class II, III, IV, V Schedule Medications. When enabled the requirement of Print signature is disabled.

    • If set to 2 signature is hidden for Class II medications.
    • If set to 2,3 signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
    • If set to 2,3,4 signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
    • If set to 2,3,4,5 signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.
    • If set to Always signature is hidden for all medications.

    This preference determines the signature is disabled when faxing Class II, III, IV, V Scheduled Meds.

    • If set to 2 signature is hidden for Class II medications.
    • If set to 2,3 signature is hidden for Class II and III medications.
    • If set to 2,3,4 signature is hidden for Class II, III, and IV medications.
    • If set to 2,3,4,5 signature is hidden for Class II, III, IV, and V medications.
    • If set to Always signature is hidden for all medications.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • 2
    • 2,3
    • 2,3,4
    • 2,3,4,5
    • Always
    Abide by State Law
    • Enterprise
    No

    RxWeb Outbound Problem Code

    • Note: Added in v11.4

    This preference determines which ICD code value for linked problems is displayed in prescriptions printed and electronically sent via Surescripts.


    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • ICD-9
    • ICD-10
    ICD-9
    • Enterprise
    No

    RxWeb List Limit

    This is a numeric value that limits the number of medications returned in a search. This can be limited if searching is causing slow responses, but typically this is left blank.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric value between 0-99
    leave blank (unlimited)
    • Enterprise
    Yes

    Samples: Default Despense Date

    Determines if the current date defaults as the dispense date for sample medications.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    N/A

    Samples - ExpirationDateRequired

    Determines if the Expiration Date value is required when documenting samples.

    • If set to Y the Expiration Date would be a required field when dispensing samples.
    • If set to N the Expiration Date would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Samples - Lot Required

    Determines if the Lot Value is required when documenting samples.

    • If set to Y the Lot Number would be a required field when dispensing samples.
    • If set to N the Lot Number would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Samples - Manufacturer Required

    Determines if the manufacturer is required when documenting samples.

    • If set to Y the Manufacturer would be a required field when dispensing samples.
    • If set to N the Manufacturer would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A


    Samples - Quantity Required

    Determines if the Quantity is required when documenting samples.

    • If set to Y the Quantity would be a required field when dispensing samples.
    • If set to N the Quantity would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A


    Samples - Quantity Units Required

    Determines if the Quantity Units is required when documenting samples.

    • If set to Y the Quantity Units would be a required field when dispensing samples.
    • If set to N the Quantity Units would not be a required field when dispensing samples.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Schedule III to V Meds Max Days)

    • New in v11.2.2

    This preference (Schedule III to V Meds Max Days) enables you to set prescribing limits for Schedule III to V substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (180 days). When Schedule III to V medications are refilled, the application will check the value of the preference to ensure the maximum is not exceeded; a warning is displayed if the combination of days supply times the number of refills is greater than the limit. If the preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 1-179
    Leave Blank
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Schedule III to V Meds Order Authorization Required

    Determines if schedule III to V Meds Order Requires Authorization.

    • If set to Prospective an Order Authorization task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.
    • If set to Retrospective a Order Notification task would be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first.
    • If set to Not Required no tasks will be created if a level III to V medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prospective
    • Retrospective
    • Not Required
    Base Upon Organization Policy
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Schedule II Meds Max Days)

    • New in v11.2.2

    Enables the setting for prescribing limits for Schedule II substances based on state requirements if the state limits are more restrictive than federal limits as set by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (90 days). If this preference is blank, federal limits apply. If you select the Split Rx check box in Medication Details - Order Entry, the number of days you enter there is also considered in the days supply calculation and evaluation.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric value between 0-89
    Not Required
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A


    Schedule II Meds Order Authorization Required

    This preference determines if Schedule II Med Orders Requires Authorization.

    • If set to Prospective an Order Authorization task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and the medication would not be fulfilled until the provider authorizes the task.
    • If set to Retrospective a Order Notification task would be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information. The task would be assigned to the defined Ordering Provider and serves as an audit trail. The medication would be fulfilled immediately and does not require this task to be worked first.
    • If set to Not Required no tasks will be created if a Schedule II medication is prescribed by a user without proper license information, the medication would be fulfilled immediately.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prospective
    • Retrospective
    • Not Required
    Prospective Based on Organizational Poilcy
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Vaccine Information Statement NOTE: Added in V15.1

    • Allows organizations to determine the functionality and default preferences for the Immunization Details.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    • None
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes
    • If set to None, sets preference to mandatory and no default option is selected in Immunization Details.
    • If set to No, the default is set to no and the user override is enabled allowing them to personalize the Vaccine Information Statement.
    • If set to Yes, the default is set to yes then default optons are set for Immunization Details.

    VisualVerificationForImmunizationsRequired

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1
    • Allows organizations to determine if Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/a
    • If set to No, Visually Verified By is not required on Immunization Details.
    • If set to Yes, Visually Verified By is required on Immunization Details. The name of the user or provider who visually verified the immunization must be selected.

    VisualVerificationForMedAdminRequired

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1
    • Allows organizations to determine if Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details for medication administration orders.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/a
    • If set to No, Visually Verified By is not required on Medication Details.
    • If set to Yes, Visually Verified By is required on Medication Details. The name of the user or provider who visually verified the medication administration must be selected.

    Meds/Orders Preferences

    Duplicate Checking Order Interval (Hrs)

    This Value is a number representing number of hours. This tells the system how many hours in the past it should look for a duplicate order. If a duplicate is found within the specified time frame, the user will receive a message with that information, which allows them to determine if another test is needed or not.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Number 0-99
    48 (hours)
    • Enterprise
    Personalize


    Enable Rx-Orders Verification

    • If set to Y this will require verification when non-provider users enter med or order history. This means that a provider will be tasked with verifying the clinical items before it becomes a true addition to the patient's chart. A Task would be created for the Ordering Provider to verify.
    • If set to N, the medication or order entries would not require verification prior to being added to the patient's chart when added by a non-provider user.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Med/Orders List Review

    • Note: This preference is currently not used.


    Monitor Order Selection

    • If set to Y the system will track how users are selecting orders. This will determine if the user used their favorites, QuickSets or CareGuides. This can be used to review workflows. This information is stored in the database, but would require a special script to retrieve the data.
    • If set to N, they will not track how orders are selected.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Order Cancel Reason

    • If set to Required the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Cancel reason if they choose to cancel an order.
    • If set to Prompt the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason, but it is not required to continue.
    • If set to Allowed the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Cancel reason.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Order Chargeable Requires Billable ICD-9

    • If set to Required to Save the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item is defined as chargeable. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.
    • If set to Needs Info Reason the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.
    • If set to Not Required the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required to Save
    • Needs Info Reason
    • Not Required
    Required to Save
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Order CPT Requires Billable ICD9

    • If set to Required to Save the system will require that the problem is tied to a billable Problem with an appropriate ICD9 code when the Orderable item has an associated CPT code. This will need to be selected before the user can save the Order.
    • If set to Needs Info Reason the system will allow a user to save an Order with a CPT code, but it would go to a needs info status until someone associates an appropriate billable problem to the Order.
    • If set to Not Required the system will not require a chargeable order be tied to an appropriate billable problem.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required to Save
    • Needs Info Reason
    • Not Required
    Required to Save
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Order Discontinue Reason

    • If set to Required the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Discontinue reason if they choose to discontinue an order.
    • If set to Prompt the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason, but it is not required to discontinue.
    • If set to Allowed the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Discontinue reason.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Order Defer Reason

    • If set to Required the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Defer reason if they choose to defer an order.
    • If set to Prompt the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason, but it is not required to defer.
    • If set to Allowed the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Defer reason.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    Requird
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Order Entered in Error Reason

    • If set to Required the user or provider will be required to provide an Entered in Error reason if they choose to mark an order as entered in error.
    • If set to Prompt the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason, but it is not required to mark an order as entered in error.
    • If set to Allowed the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Entered in Error reason.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    Required
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • If set to Required the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason if they choose to permanently defer an order.
    • If set to Prompt the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason, but it is not required to permanently defer.
    • If set to Allowed the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Permanent Defer reason.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Order Void Reason

    • If set to Required the user or provider will be required to provide an Order Void reason if they choose to void an order.
    • If set to Prompt the user or provider will be prompted to provide an Order Void reason, but it is not required to void an order.
    • If set to Allowed the user or provider will not be prompted to provide an Order Void reason.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize


    Overdue Order Task Creation

    • If set to All Overdue the system will create Overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider for all orders that are considered overdue.
    • If set to Overdue Important the system will create overdue order tasks assigned to the ordering provider if the ordering provider selected the "Overdue Important" setting on the Order Details screen.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • All Overdue
    • Overdue Important
    All Overdue
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Worklist Navigation After Authorize or Void

    Determines where a user will be navigated to after authorizing or voiding a medication or order. The system will only navigate to the next patient when there are no outstanding items that require verification, review, authorization, or voiding.

    • Default: Stay on worklist.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Stay on Worklist
    • Go to next patient
    Stay on Worklist
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize

    Note Preferences

    Allscripts Prenatal Default Navigation After Closing

    • NOTE: Added in V15.1

    Determines the workspace where Allscripts Touchworks EHR will navigate to once a Prenatal note is saved and closed from the Prenatal tab. This preference is only used for versions of Allscripts Touchworks EHR that are integrated with Allscripts Prenatal.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Task View
    • No Navigation
    • Schedule
    • MD Charges
    Set at User Level based on workflow
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personalize

    Auto Insert Note Audit Section

    • Added in v11.3

    This preference enables you to include the Audit Details section automatically in all V11 note input templates.

    If set to Y the Audit Details section is automatically included in all V11 note input templates. You must still add the Audit Details section manually to any note output templates that you want to include it in.

    If set to N the Audit Details section must be manually added in your note input template.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Default Signature Type for Scan Document

    • NOTE: Added in v15.1

    Determines the default signature type on scanned documents.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Available options are filled from the Signature Purpose dictionary
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personalize

    Default Signature Type for Structured Notes and Admin Forms

    • NOTE: Added in v15.1

    Determines the default signature type on Note Signature page for V11 Note and Admin Form document types.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Available options are filled from the Signature Purpose dictionary
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personalize

    Default Signature Type for Unstructured Note

    • NOTE: Added in v15.1

    Determines the default signature type for unstructured notes.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Available options are filled from the Signature Purpose dictionary
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personalize

    Default Specialty In Form Selector

    Enables users to able to default the Specialty that was selected in the note into the specialty filter in Form Selector.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize

    Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Assessment

    Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the Assessment Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • ICD-9
    • ICD-10
    • Both
    • None
    Both
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Display Diagnosis Codes in the Note Output in Problem List

    Enables the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in the Problem List Section of the Note Output. ( This preference applies to both V10 and V11 notes.)

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • ICD-9
    • ICD-10
    • Both
    • None
    Both
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Yes

    Document Add Review Stamp

    • Added in v11.1.7

    Contols whether a Reviewed By stamp when a document Review Note task is completed when a provider selects Done to resolve the task rather than Sign

    If set to Y a review stamp displaying the reviewing provider's name, date & time will display on the document reviewed.

    If set to N no review stamp will display.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personalize

    Enable Note Charge Summary

    • NOTE: Added in v15.1

    Determines whether the Charge Summary button is displayed in the Note Authoring workspace for chargeable encounters.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes


    Note Auto Freeze Note Output After Number Days

    Clinical Notes are often left in an un-finalized state for extended periods of time, allowing information from other encounters to inadvertently affect the content. To mitigate this issue, notes can be "frozen" after a predetermined period of time passes, after which subsequent edits to the Note are handled as amendments. This preference determines the number of days after the date of the encounter when a Note Output document will automatically freeze and change to Auto Frozen, Unsigned or Auto Frozen, Signed status.

    Note: Output Template Properties settings overrides this setting.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Number 1-999 Days
    Organizational Decision
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Note Auto Unlock Notes After Time

    This is a numeric value that represents hours. This will tell the system how many hours should occur before the system automatically unlocks v11 note. A note remains locked when a user is editing a note and at times this can be left open accidentally or an issue may have occurred that didn't properly close the note. This preference only applies to v11 note. This preference prevents notes from being locked when there is no Touchworks EHR session open.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric 1-24
    24 Hours
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    NoteChargeSummarySubmitToInterface

    Determines whether users can submit charges from Charge Summary.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Organization
    • User
    No
    • If set to Yes, users can submit charges from Charge Summary.
    • If set to No, a message will display that charges must be submitted from the Encounter Form.


    Note Default Make Final

    Allows the System Administrator to configure a default state for the Make Final option on the Note Signature page to accommodate the provider’s most common workflow for signing documents and the need to finalize.

    If set to Y the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to being selected when a user or provider that has the appropriate signature levels.

    If set to N the 'Make Final' checkbox will default to not being selected.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Default Navigation After Signing

    Determines to which page the system navigates after the user signs a note.

    If set to No Navigation the user or provider will not be taken off of the note upon signing.

    If set to Schedule the user or provider will be brought to the Daily Schedule screen upon signing the note.

    If set to Task View the user or provider will be brought to the Task List screen upon signing the note.

    If set to MD Charges the user or provider will be brought to the Charge screen upon signing the note.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • No Navigation
    • Schedule
    • Task View
    • MD Charges
    Set at User Level Based on Workflow
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personalize

    Note Default Owner

    Determines the default owner for Notes.

    If set to Use Appointment Encounter Provider if available, else use Most Recently Used the system will default the note owner as the Appointment Provider. If there is no encounter provider available it will default to the most recently used provider.

    If set to Always use Most recently used note owner the system will default the note owner to the last provider used for that user. This is a preferred method when the user primarily works from an ancillary schedule such as a Lab Schedule and the encounter provider is not an actual human.

    If set to None the note owner will not default and will need to be selected each time a new note is created.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU
    • Always use Most Recently Used Note Owner
    • None
    Use Appointment Encounter Provider if Available, Else Use MRU
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Note Default Signature Display

    This setting defines the format of the signature when signing a note. The available formats are:

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Date/Time Signature Type-Firstname Last Name, Credientials
    • Date/Time Signature Stamp-Firstname Lastname, Credentials (UserProfession)
    • Firstname Lastname, Credentials;Date/Time (Signature Type)
    • Firstname Lastname, Credentials; Date/Time - Signature Type
    • Firstname Lastname, Credentials; UserProfession Date/Time (Signature Type)
    • Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)
    • Firstname Lastname,UserProfession Date/Time(Signature Type)
    Firstname Lastname, Date/Time(Signature Type)
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    Note Default Visit Type

    Allows users to default to the previously used Visit Type within the Note Selector.

    If set to None the visit type will not have a default value on the v11 note selector screen.

    If set to Last the visit type will default to the last visit type selected in the v11 note selector screen.


    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • None
    • Last
    None
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personlize


    Note Do Not Generate Document Appt Encounter Tasks

    This task would serve as a reminder for the appointment encounter provider to create a note for the patients visit. The task will automatically be completed once a note is created. Most organizations use the note icon display on the schedule as the reminder or confirmation that all notes were created and choose not to use this option.

    If set to Y the system will not generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.

    If set to N the system will generate Document Appointment Encounter Tasks.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A

    Note Do Not Generate Review Covered Note Tasks

    This task would apply when a provider is covering for another provider and signs off on a note for them. This setting also depends on the Create Review Covered Note Task on Finalization setting in the Document Type dictionary. Both settings must be set properly to activate the task workflow.

    If set to Y the system will not generate Review Covered Note Tasks.

    If set to N the system will generate Review Covered Note Tasks.


    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    No

    Note Include TempDeferred Medications New in v11.4.1

    Enables user to view temporary deferred medications and choose to defer or to reactivate the medication. Medications can be included or excluded with a status of Temporary Deferral in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections as displayed in the Note Authoring Workspace. Regardless of how this preference is set, these medications are not included in the note output.

    Y- the medications with a status of 'Temporary Deferral' are displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.

    N- medications with a status of Temporary Deferral are not displayed in the Current Meds and End of Encounter Meds sections in the Note Authoring Workspace.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    Note Lock Lists After Number Days

    This preference is no longer in use.


    Is V10 Note User Only

    If set to Y the user or provider will only be able to create v10 notes. The v10 note selector will be presented to the user.

    If set to N the user or provider will be presented with the v11 note selector and have the ability to select either version of notes available to them.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Is Clinical Note User

    If set to Y the user or provider will only be defaulted to V11 Note, but will have the option to switch to Clinical Note in the note selector.

    If set to N the user or provider will be presented with the V11 note selector and have the option to switch to V10, Unstructured or Admin Forms (if applicable)

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Based on Organization
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    No

    NoteOutputProgressCheckWarningTiming

    Enables Organizations to decide if and when a warning is displayed if a note output that is configured to participate in note output progress check is not complete.

    If set to Y the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.

    If set to N the E&M coder will not require these values.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Never
    • On Closing
    • On signing
    • On Finalization
    Never
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A
    • If set to Never, if the output is incomplete no warning is displayed to the user.
    • If set to On Closing, a warning will display when a note is closed that has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
    • If set to On Signing, a warning will display when a note is signed that has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.
    • If set to On Finalization, a warning will display when a note is finalized has at least 1 output participating in a progress check and the output has failed at least 1 check.


    Note CC or RFV Required for E&M Code

    Enables Organizations to decide whether a warning message if the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit section does not contain a Medcin finding or text template.

    If set to Y the E&M coder will require the Chief Complaint or Reason for Visit to C or RFV be set.

    If set to N the E&M coder will not require these values.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize

    Note E/M Coder default to MDM tab

    If set to Y the E/M coder will default to the Medical Decision Making tab instead of the Summary tab.

    If set to N the E/M coder will default to the Summary tab.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    OrderAuthenticationTimeOut

    • NOTE: Added in V17.1

    Allows organizations to determine the amount of time a user can be logged in the application before re-entering his/her password to sign a V11 note.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Integer
    5
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No
    • If value is set to 0, the user must enter his/her password to sign a note.
    • If value is set to 5, the user will be prompted to enter his/her password if their session time exceeds 5 minutes.

    Post Text to Current Note

    If set to Y the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be on. This will tell the system that the users actions should be posted to a note. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows.

    If set to N the default will be for the "post text to current note" option to be off. There is a toggle button on the Clinical toolbar that can change this behavior easily during certain workflows.


    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Yes

    PreventNoteMakeFinal (Subkey: Charge Summary)

    Determines if a note can be signed and made final from Charge Summary when encounter items are still pending and their is a workers' compensation case ID.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    N/A
    • If set to Yes, and the Encounter Summary is associated with a case ID that has pending items, the note cannot be signed and made final until complete. A warning message will display.
    • If set to No, and the Encounter Summary is associated with a case ID that has pending items, the note can be signed and made final.

    UseAutoPrintForDefaultTemplate

    This preference is no longer used.

    Use V10 Note for New Inbound Patient Portal Messages

    This preference is used to indicate whether a V10 or a V11 Note is created when a new inbound message is received from Allscripts Patient Portal™.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No

    Use V11 Note Copy Forward/Previous Hx/Exam behavior

    Allows organization to configure Copy/Forward function.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Disable Copy Forward/Previous
    • Allow Copy Forward/Previous
    • Limited Copy Forward/Previous after note form edit
    Allow Copy Forward/Previous
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    No
    • If set to Disable Copy Forward/Previous, Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History will not be available from the note authoring workspace.
    • If set to Disable Copy Forward/Previous, Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History will be available from the note authoring workspace and will copy regardless of whether you edit the form from a previous note.
    • If set to Limited Copy forward/Previous after note form edit, Copy Forward, Previous Exam, and Previous History can be used to copy form data based on the note form controls.

    V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Message

    This preference is used to define default text in the Message box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • User entered Text
    Blank
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personlize

    V11 Portal Note Default Clinical Summary Subject

    This preference is used to define default text in the Subject box for a V11 portal note that is also defined as a clinical summary.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • User entered Text
    Blank
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    Personlize

    Order Status Reason Preferences

    Preferences in this category are used to accommodate Order Status Reasons for all orderable item types. The orderable item types in Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ include Instructions, Precautions, Follow Up, Referral, Laboratory, Other Diagnostic Testing, Supplies, Medication, Dx Imaging, Clinical Findings, Med Admin, and Immunization.

    There are several valid values for Order Status Reason preferences:

    • Required
    • Prompt
    • Allowed
    • Non Free Text Reason Required

    Allow free text for reminder reasons

    • This preference adds/enables a Free Text Reason box to open for patient reminders in Health Management Reminder Details.
    • Allowed - Allows the Free Text Reason box to display on the Health Management Reminder Details so that a free text reason can be entered. This is the default setting.
    • Required- Requires that a reason is entered into the Free Text Reason box on the Health Management Reminder Details.
    • Prompt - The Free Text Reason box will prompt for a reason to be entered on the Health Management Reminder Details, however an entry is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Clinical Findings Cancel Reason

    This preference determines whether the application prompts the user to enter a reason when canceling a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:

    • Required- Change Status is displayed when user changes the status of a Clinical Findings order to Canceled. The page can not be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when user cancels a Clinical Findings order. User can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- User is neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. User cannot close this page until a predefined reason for canceling the Clinical Findings order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. Free text may also be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Clinical Findings DC Reason

    Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:

    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued order status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Clinical Findings Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Clinical Findings EIE Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Clinical Findings order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when changing a Clinical Findings order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Clinical Findings order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Clinical Findings Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Clinical Findings order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Clinical Findings order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Clinical Findings Void Reason

    • Use this preference to indicate whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Clinical Findings order to Voided, either from Order Details or if you select Void from the context menu. You cannot close this page without both indicating a reason for voiding the order.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you void a Clinical Findings order, but you can close the page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason when voiding a Clinical Findings order (Change Status is not displayed). OK remains enabled on Order Details
    Note: Select this setting for orders that are appropriate only for a short period of time. For example, an immunization order that is temporarily deferred because the patient refuses it, or a glucose test that is temporarily deferred because the patient did not fast prior to his or her appointment
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- You must select a predefined reason for voiding a Clinical Findings order, even if you enter a reason in the Text box. Predefined reasons are those defined in the Order Status Reason dictionary that are mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Dx Imaging Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when canceling a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Dx Imaging order. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Dx Imaging DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when discontinuing a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Dx Imaging Defer Reason

    • Use the Dx Imaging Defer Reason preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when temporarily deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for deferring the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Dx Imaging EIE Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when changing the status of a Dx Imaging order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order to EIE and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to EIE. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of the Dx Imaging order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for marking the Dx Imaging order as entered in error. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Dx Imaging Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when permanently deferring a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Dx Imaging Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when voiding a Dx Imaging order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Dx Imaging order to Voided. You cannot close this page without selecting both a reason for voiding the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you void a Dx Imaging order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for voiding the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Dx Imaging order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Follow Up Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when when you cancel a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Follow Up Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when discontinuing a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Follow Up Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when deferring a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Follow Up Order EIE Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when changing the status of a Follow Up order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Follow Up order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Follow Up Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Follow Up Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you void a Follow Up order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a Follow Up order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you void a Follow Up order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Immunization Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you cancel an Immunization order. The prompts are:
    • Required- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Canceled by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for canceling the order and enter free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- When you cancel an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text. When you select Cancel from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for canceling the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Follow Up order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Follow Up order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but this is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Immunization Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify how the application prompts you to provide a reason when you discontinue an Immunization order. The prompts are:
    • Required- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Discontinued by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on the Change Status window. OK is disabled until you select a reason for discontinuing the order and enter free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status from Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status are displayed, but not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering free text. When you select Order D/C from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for discontinuing the Immunization order.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- When you discontinue an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for discontinuing the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required. If you select Order D/C from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for discontinuing the order.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Immunization Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to provide a reason when you temporarily defer an Immunization order. The prompts are:
    • Required- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Temporary Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order and enter text.
    • Prompt-When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Immunization Order EIE Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of an Immunization order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
    • Required- When you change the status of an Immunization order to EIE by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for changing the status of the order and enter free text. When you select Enter in Error from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK on Change Status without selecting a reason or entering text.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- When you temporarily defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for temporarily deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Immunization Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when permanently deferring an Immunization order. The prompts are:
    • Required- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Permanent Deferral by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason or entering free text.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- When you permanently defer an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for permanently deferring the order. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Immunization Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for voiding an Immunization order. The prompts are:
    • Required- When you change the status of an Immunization order to Voided by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the order status reasons and the Text box on Change Status. OK is disabled until you select a reason for voiding the order and enter free text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.
    • Prompt- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the order status reasons and the Text box are displayed, but are not highlighted. You can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, you can click OK without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text. When you select Void from the context menu, you are neither required nor prompted to enter a reason for voiding the Immunization order.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- When you void an Immunization order by clicking Status on Immunization Details, the application highlights the predefined order status reasons on Change Status. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You cannot close Change Status until you select a reason for voiding the order. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required. If you select Void from the context menu for an Immunization order, Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page without selecting a pre-defined reason for voiding the order.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Instruction Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel an Instruction order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling an Instruction order. When you change the status of an order on Order Details, OK remains enabled.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed when you cancel an Instruction order. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Instruction DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue an Instruction order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Instruction Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Instruction EIE Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to EIE. You can close this page without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of an Instruction order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the Instruction order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Instruction Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring an Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Instruction Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you void an Instruction order. The prompts are:
    • Required- The Change Status page is displayed when you change the status of an Instruction order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you void an Instruction order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text in the Text box.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the Instruction order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for voiding the Instruction order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but entering text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Laboratory Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you cancel a laboratory order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Canceled. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you cancel a laboratory order. You can close Change Status without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for canceling a laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required-Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for canceling the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Canceled status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Laboratory DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you discontinue a laboratory order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Discontinued. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you discontinue a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order or entering text.
    • Allowed-You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for discontinuing the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Laboratory Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Temporary Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for temporarily deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you temporarily defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for deferring the order or entering free text in the Text box.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for temporarily deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Temporary Deferral status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but free text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Laboratory EIE Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you change the status of a laboratory order to entered in error (EIE). The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE from Order Details. You cannot close Change Status without both selecting a reason for changing the status of the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to EIE. You can close Order Details without selecting a reason for changing the status of the order or entering free text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for changing the status of a laboratory order to EIE. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for changing the status of the laboratory order to EIE. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. You can also enter free text in the Text box, but text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Laboratory Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Permanent Deferral. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order and entering free text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you permanently defer a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for permanently deferring the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined reason for permanently deferring the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Laboratory Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether the application prompts you to enter a reason when you permanently defer a laboratory order. The prompts are:
    • Required-Change Status is displayed when you change the status of a laboratory order to Voided. You cannot close this page without both selecting a reason for voiding the order and entering text.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when you void a laboratory order. However, you can close this page without selecting a reason for voiding the order or entering text.
    • Allowed- You are neither prompted nor required to enter a reason for voiding the laboratory order. OK remains enabled on Order Details..
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. You cannot close this page until you select a predefined

    reason for voiding the laboratory order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Voided status. You can also enter text in the Text box, but text is not required.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Med Admin Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Med Admin order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when Med Admin order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Med Admin order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Med Admin Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Med Admin order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Med Admin Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admins Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Med Admin Order Entered in Error Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Med Admin Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Med Admin Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Med Admin Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Med Admin order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Med Admin order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Med Admin order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Med Admin order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Med Admin order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Med Admin Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Medication Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Medication order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Medication order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when Medication order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Medication order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Medication Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Medication order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Medication Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medications Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Medication Order Entered in Error Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Medication Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Medication Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Medication Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Medication order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Medication order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Medication order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Medication order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Medication order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Medication Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Other Diagnostic Testing Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when Other Diagnostic Testing order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Other Diagnostic Testing Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Other Diagnostic Testing order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Other Diagnostic Testing Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testings Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Other Diagnostic Testing Order Entered in Error Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Other Diagnostic Testing Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Other Diagnostic Testing Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Other Diagnostic Testing order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Other Diagnostic Testing order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Other Diagnostic Testing order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Other Diagnostic Testing order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Other Diagnostic Testing Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Precaution Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Precaution order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when Precaution order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Precaution order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Precaution Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Precaution order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Precaution Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precautions Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Precaution Order Entered in Error Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Precaution Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Precaution Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Precaution Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Precaution order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Precaution order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Precaution order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Precaution order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for cancelling the Precaution order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Precaution Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Referral Order Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Referral order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Referral order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when Referral order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Referral order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Referral order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Referral Order DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Referral order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Referral Order Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Referral Order Entered in Error Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Referral Order Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Referral Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Referral Order Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Referral order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Referral order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Referral order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Referral order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Referral order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Supplies Cancel Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application alerts a user to enter a reason when a Supplies order is cancelled. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when the status of a Supplies order is changed to Canceled. This window cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for canceling the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when Supplies order is cancelled. The Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for canceling the Supplies order. OK remains enabled on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed. This page cannot be closed until a selection is made from a predefined reason for cancelling the Supplies order. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Cancelled status. Free text can also be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Supplies DC Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when discontinuing a Supply order. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Discontinued. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for discontinuing the order and entering text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is discontinued. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for discontinuing the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for discontinuing the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for discontinuing the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Discontinued status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Supplies Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Deferred. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for Deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Deferred status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize


    Supplies Entered in Error Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to EIE. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to EIE. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is EIE. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for EIE of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for EIE the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the EIE status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Supplies Permanent Defer Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Supplies Permanent Deferral. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Permanent Deferral. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Permanently Deferred. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for Permanently Deferring the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Permanent Deferral of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for permanently deferring the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Permanent Deferral status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Supplies Void Reason

    • Use this preference to specify whether and how the application prompts user to enter a reason when the status of a Supply order is changed to Void. The prompts are:
    • Required- Change Status is displayed when a user changes the status of a Supplies order to Void. Change Status cannot be closed without both selecting a reason for Entering in Error the order and entering free text in the Text box.
    • Prompt- Change Status is displayed when a Supplies order is Voided. Change Status can be closed without selecting a reason for canceling the order.
    • Allowed- There is no prompt or requirement to enter a reason for Void of the Supplies order. OK remains enable on Order Details.
    • Non Free Text Reason Required- Change Status is displayed and page cannot be closed until a predefined reason for voiding the Supplies order is selected. Predefined reasons are those entered in the Order Status Reason dictionary and mapped to the Void Reason status. Free text may be entered in the Text box, but it is not required.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required
      • Prompt
        • Allowed
          • Non Free Text Reason Required
    Allowed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Orders Preferences

    Add Clinical Item Order Selection Method Default

    This preference affects the New button on the Meds or Orders Component in the Clinical Desktop. This preference affects the MU Alert - Medication Status when a user selects "New Medication"

    • If set to Problem Based the ACI window will default to the problem based tab which is best for users that utilize CareGuide or QuickSets.
    • If set to Rx-Orders the ACI window will default to the Rx/Orders tab which is best for users that don't use CareGuides or QuickSets.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Problem Based
      • Rx Orders
    Depending on CareGuides and QuickSets
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Allow Manual Settings of Specimen To Be Collected Field:

    Enables organization's to allow Will be Collected in Office? for a speciman in Order Details to be manually set by end user.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition

    • If set to Y the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to unchecked and unless changed, the user will always be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition.
    • If set to N the 'Use Default Order Requisition Printer' option on the Encounter summary will default to checked and unless changed, the user will only be presented with the Print Dialog box when printing an Order Requisition if they do not have defaults defined.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    BarcodeFontForRequisitionReports

    • Select font to be used for barcodes on order requisitions
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Code 128
      • Code 139
    Blank
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Days before Scheduled Order Children To Be Done Date to Create Them

    This is a numeric value that represents the number of days before a scheduled order is created. This is based on the "To Be Done Date" defined on the scheduled order.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Enable Orderable Item selection by RPL Filtering:

    Allows the organization to enable RPL filtering by the To Be Performed box from within the ACI. NOTE: this is NOT available at the user level.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Enable Orderable Item selection by Site Filtering:

    Allows the organization to enable site filtering based on the site restrictions configured in the OID.

    NOTE: If there are NO site restrictions configured, then the system displays the orderable items for all sites. NOTE: This preference is NOT available at the user level

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Hold Orders for ABN Determines if Orders are placed in a status of On Hold if they do not pass medical necessity checking and do not have an ABN Waiver Disposition set.

    • If set to Y and order will be put in an 'On Hold' status until the ABN requirements are fulfilled.
    • If set to N the order will not be put on an 'On Hold' status due to ABN requirements.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order

    This is a numeric value that represents the number of minutes before a user must enter their password to authenticate when ordering a non-medication order.

    • Value of 0 means that the users will be prompted every time to enter their password.
    • Value of blank means that the user will never be prompted to enter their password.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    O Minutes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Non-Medication Order Authorization Required

    • If set to Prospective an Order Authorization task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task must be completed before the order will be sent or fulfilled.
    • If set to Retrospective and Order Notification task will be created for the Ordering Provider if the user entering the order does not have the required ordering authority to order the item. This task is informational only and does not prevent the order from being sent or fulfilled.
    • If set to Not Required no tasks will be created.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prospective
      • Retrospective
        • Not Required
    Not Required
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Medical Necessity Turned On

    • If set to Y Medical Necessity checking will be enabled.
    • If set to N Medical Necessity checking will be disabled.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    N/A

    Order Entry Authorization

    • If set to Y Order Authorization tasks will be created if an orderable item is defined to require prospective authorization.
    • If set to N orders will not require authorization.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Order Entry Notify Level

    This setting is no longer used, leave blank.

    Order Expiration Date Default

    Determines the default expiration date for an order and works in conjuction with Order Expiration Interval Days.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • To Be Done
      • Date Order Entered
    Organizational Decision
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Expiration Interval Default (Days)

    Determines the numeric value used to calculate the expiration of an Order and works in conjuction with Order Expiration Date Default preference.

    Example: If the value is set to 30 (days), then the system calculates the expiration date of the order 30 days from either the To Be Done date or the Date Order Entered.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Organizational Decision
    Organizational Decision
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Allergies

    • If set to Prevent the system will require that the user verify unverified allergies before they can complete or save the order.
    • If set to Warn the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified allergies, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
    • If set to Do Not Warn the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified allergies.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prevent
      • Warn
        • Do Not Warn
    Warn
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Ordering Medications if Patient has Unverified Medications

    • If set to Prevent the system will require that the user verify unverified medications before they can complete or save the order.
    • If set to Warn the system will notify the user that a patient has unverified medications, but will not prevent them from ordering the medication.
    • If set to Do Not Warn the system will not notify the user if the patient has unverified medications.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prevent
      • Warn
        • Do Not Warn
    Do Not Warn
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Problem Linking Required

    • If set to Required to Save the user must select a problem on the order detail screen before they are allowed to save the order.
    • If set to Needs Info Reason the user will not be required to select a problem on the order detail screen, but the order will go to a 'Needs Info' status and must be completed before the order can be sent.
    • If set to Not Required a user will not be required to select a problem when completing an order.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Required to Save
      • Needs Info Reason
        • Not Required
    Required to Save
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Editing Order Updates Supervised by Field

    • If set to Y the supervised field will be updated to the current user when updating an order.
    • If set to N the supervised field will remain unless manually changed by the user.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Warning-Chargeable Problem Linkage to Billable ICD-9 Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate the system will immediately warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on.
    • If set to Deferred the system will warn and require the user to select an appropriate billable ICD9 code if the 'Orders Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is on when they attempt to commit the patient data.
    • If set to Never and the 'Chargeable Requires Billable ICD9' setting is off, the user will not be prompted.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
      • Deferred
        • Never
    Deferred
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Warning-Problem Linkage Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
    • If set to Deferred and problem linking is required, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
    • If set to Never and problem linking is not required, the user will not be prompted.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
      • Deferred
        • Never
    Deferred
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Order Warning-Performing Location Problem Linkage to Billable ICD9 Required Interrupt Timing

    • If set to Immediate and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon entering the order.
    • If set to Deferred and problem linking is required for the performing location, the system will prompt the user to select a problem upon selecting the commit button.
    • If set to Never and problem linking is not required for the performing location, the user will not be prompted.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Immediate
      • Deferred
        • Never
    Never
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Require Re-Authentication For New or Renewed Orders

    • If set to Y the user will be prompted to enter their password if they have not authenticated within the timeframe specified for the 'Minutes Before Re-Authentication Is Required for Non-Medication Order' setting.
    • If set to N the user will not be required to enter their password for new or renewed orders. This setting does not apply to medications.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Unspecified Billing Provider Matching

    Note: Added in v11.1.7

    • If set to Order Only the system behaves as it is currently.
    • If set to Exact Match the billing provider derived from the order must match exactly to the encounter on which the charges are generated. If the ordering provider and billing provider do not match the charges will not drop for that encounter.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Order Only
      • Exact Match
    Order Only
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    When to Use Default Supervising Provider

    Note: New in v11.2

    This preference determines when the default supervising provider (from the Default Supervising Provider ID user preference) is used for non-medication orders.

    • If set to Always the application looks to Supervising Provider on Add Clinical Item (ACI) and utilizes that indicated user/provider as long as that user/provider has authority to supervise the orderable item.
    • If the indicated user/provider does not have sufficient authority, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).
    • If set to As Needed the application tries to utilize the indicated Ordering Provider, if one is present and that provider has the level to supervise the order, regardless if a different supervising provider is present on ACI or set via the Default Supervising Provider ID preference.
    • If that Ordering Provider is not defined or does not have authority, the application looks at the defined Supervising Provider in the ACI, if one is present.
    • If that provider has the authority to supervise the order, then they are entered in Supervised By.
    • If a provider with sufficient authority cannot be determined based on the indicated Ordering Provider or the indicated supervising provider, Order Details is displayed and Supervised by is blank and required (yellow background).
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Always
      • As Needed
    As Needed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Problem Preferences

    ACI Active Problem Search Filter Defaults:

    Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3

    Allows users to filter the problem search results by default and multiple settings can be selected base on organizational preference.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Exclude Non-Billable
      • Seach Phys Exam Findings
        • Exclude Synonyms
        • Limit Search Results per Concept
          • Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base
            • Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize

    ACI Family History Search Filter Defaults:

    Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3

    Allows the user to filter the Family History search results by default.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Exclude Non-Billable
      • Seach Phys Exam Findings
        • Exclude Synonyms
        • Limit Search Results per Concept
          • Limit ICD Seach to Preferred Base
            • Limit Search Reulst to Provider Friendly Terms
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize

    ACI Past Medical History Search Filter Defaults:

    Note: Moved to Problems Preferences in 11.2.3

    Allows the user to filter the Past Medical History search results by default.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Return results with ICD9 Codes Only
    • Return Symptoms & Diagnoses Only
    • Exclude Physical Exam Findings
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize


    ACI Social History Search Filter Defaults

    NOTE: Moved from General Category in 11.2.3

    Allows the user to filter the Social History search results by default.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Exclude Synonyms
    • Limit Search Results per Concept
    • Limit ICD Search to Preferred Base
    • Limit Search Results to Provider Friendly Terms
    N/A
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    Personalize

    All View: Defaults for Hiding

    Enables users to specify which problem sets to hide by default.

    • If Set to None then both transitioned and Supressed problems will be displayed by default.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Transitioned, Suppressed
      • Transitioned
        • Suppressed
          • None
    Transitioned, Suppressed
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem Search

    NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes in problem or diagnosis search results returned in Problem Search Dialog or Diagnosis Search Dialog.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • ICD-9
      • ICD-10
        • Both
          • None
    Both
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Display Diagnosis Codes in Problem List

    NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Provides the ability to show or suppress the display of ICD-9 and ICD-10 codes on patient problem lists in Clinical Desktop, QChart, Add Clinical Item Problem Pane, and Note Authoring Workspace.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • ICD-9
      • ICD-10
        • Both
          • None
    Both
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Enable Problem Verification see Change to Enable -clinical item- Verification

    • If set to Y problems will be set to an unverified status when entered by a non-provider user. This information would need to be verified by a provider prior to becoming part of the patient chart.
    • If set to N problems will not get set to an unverified status.
    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
    • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    • User
    No

    ExportProblemCreateDateInCED

    NOTE: Added in 11.4

    A problem onset date is required when exporting patient data from Allscripts Enterprise EHR™ to Clinical Exchange Document (CED). If no problem onset date value is designated in Onset Date of Problem Details, the ExportProblemCreateDateInCED preference in the Problem category displays the date the problem was created, and the problem onset date information is displayed in the CED after export.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Family Member Picklist for Family History Problems

    NOTE: Added in 11.4.1

    enables Organization to set the options that are displayed by default in the Family Members list (Add Clinical Item > History Builder > Fam Hx) and the Family Member drop-down list (Problem Details). The entries that are designated as first degree family members in the selected picklist are the options for No pertinent Family History for the MU alert on encounter summary Family health history is not documented in first degree relative.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • All Clinical Relationship Dictionary Picklists
    Family History
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    No

    Managed By Provider Required

    NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Determines whether the selection of a provider from the Managed By box on the Problem Details page is required when a problem is assessed.

    • If set to Y then a Managed by Provider is required.
      • Note that the application will check to see if the users is a provider and if so then the provider will automatically populate the Managed By box.
      • If the user is not a provider then the system will chell for the Default Entering for Provider ID and that value will be added to the Manged By box.
      • If the entry does not meet the above situations then the Managed By box will appear yellow and an entry will be required from the user.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Problem Resolved Date Equals Today

    • If set to Y the resolved date will default to today when resolving a problem.
    • If set to N the resolved date will not default and must be manually entered if desired.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
    Personalize

    Problem Include in PMH All

    • If set to Unchecked the 'Include in PMHx' option will not be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
    • If set to Checked for All the 'Include in PMHx' option will always be selected by default on the problem detail screen.
    • If set to Checked for Chronic Only the 'Include in PMHx' option will only be selected by default on the problem detail screen if the problem is classified as a chronic problem.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Unchecked
      • Checked for All
        • Checked for Chronic Only
    Unchecked
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Problem List Review

    This is currently unused, leave blank.

    Problem Post to Encounter

    • If set to Y the problem will post to the encounter form when assessed.
    • If set to N the problem will not post to the encounter form when assessed.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Show Billable Indicators

    NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Determines whether the billable indicators column is displayed for problems listed in search results.

    • If set to Y then the billabe indicators columns displayed by defualt in search results.
    • If set to N then the billable indicators columns is not displayed by default.
      • Note: The Show Billing Information For and Derive Billing Indicator preferences work in conjunction with this to dtermine when billing indicators are displayed.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Yes

    ShowBillingInformationFor

    NOTE: Added in 11.4

    Determines whether billable indicators are displayed for problem search results and on problem lists for ICD-9 or ICD-10 coded problems. It also determines whether ICD-9 or ICD-10 codes are displayed in these areas of the application: For in Medication Viewer, Order Viewer, and Immunization Viewer; Link To for Medication Details, Order Details, and Immunization Details; and problems in Encounter Summary, Audit Viewer for medications and orders, and Refine Problem context menu entry.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • ICD-9
      • ICD-10
    ICD-9
    • Enterprise
    No

    Show Unverified Problems in the ALL view only

    • If set to Y unverified problems will only appear in the All Problem view.
    • If set to N unverified problems will appear in their respective categories.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    When expanding a problem in search

    • NOTE: Added in 15.1

    Determines which action the application will perform when you expand or select a problem in Problem Search Dialog.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Expand the list in search dialog
      • Launch Clinical Modifier Selection Dialog
        • Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem
    Always launch Select Clinical Qualifier when adding the problem
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    When No Linked V code for PMH

    Added in v11.1.7

    Determines the behavior when a PMH item does not have a linked history code.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems
      • Show no Diagnosis Codes
    Show Diagnosis Codes for Acive Problems
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Reconciler Preferences

    DaysBeforeItemCanBePurged

    Note: New to v11.3

    Allows a purge process to set the number of days an item will remain on the Error Queue.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Number
    90 days
    • Enterprise
    N/A


    Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient ID Search

    Note: New to v11.3

    Allows various values in the patient ID search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no values selected then search is by patient MRN only.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Blank
    • Other
    • Other2
    Blank
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Reconciler Fields to Include in Patient Phone Search

    Note: New to v11.3

    Allows the value included in patient phone number search in the Reconciler Bridge Details page. If no value selected then the search will be based only on the patient phone number.

    Available Values Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Blank
    • Work
    • Cell
    Blank
    • Enterprise
    • Org
    N/A

    Results Preferences

    Abnormal Result Flag OverrideAllowed

    • If set to Y users will have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor on the results detail screen.
    • If set to N users will not have the ability to override the abnormal flag sent from a vendor.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Default Vitals - <10 years old

    This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children under 10 years old. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is case sensitive.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • OID Vitals Entry
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Default Vitals - 3 year old and younger

    This is a free text field that defines the default vitals panel used for children 3 years old and younger. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • OID Vitals Entry
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Default Vitals - Female 10 years old or older

    This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for female patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • OID Vitals Entry
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Default Vitals - Male 10 years old or older

    This is a free text field that defined the default vitals panel used for male patients 10 years old and older. This value must be equal to the exact name of the vital sign picklist and is Case Sensitive.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • OID Vitals Entry
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Disable QVerify All and Verify All

    Added in v11.1.7

    • If set to Y this will disable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
    • If set to N this will enable the use of Qverify All and Verify All
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Hide Grid Header from Result Display in Worklist

    Added in v11.1.7

    Determines if the grid header is hidden or not from the result display in the Worklist.

    • If set to Y this will hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
    • If set to N this will not hide the grid header from the display in the Worklist.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Number of Days of Results to Include in Clinical Exchange Document

    This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain results when created.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value
    3 Days
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Number of Days of Vital Signs to include in Clinical Exchange Document

    This is a numeric value that determines the number of days in the past that the Clinical Exchange Document will obtain vitals data when created.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Numeric Value 1-5
    3
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Result Verification Append Staff Message to Staff Comment

    Added in v11.1.7

    Determines the default value for Append Staff Message to Task Comment checkbox.

    • When set to Y the system checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox by default.
    • When set to N the system does not checks the Copy Message to Staff to the Task Comment checkbox.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Result Verification Disable To/CC Button

    Added in v11.1.7

    Determines if the To/CC button is disabled on the Results Verification Dialog box.

    • If set to Y this will disable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.
    • If set to N this will enable the To/CC Button on the Results Verification Dialog box.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Result Verification If Did Not Order

    Determines system response when the user that is verifying the result is not the ordering provider.

    • If set to Prevent a provider will not be allowed to verify results that they did not order.
    • If set to Warn a provider will be notified that they are attempting to verify results that they did not order.
    • If set to Do Not Warn a provider will not get notified if attempting to verify results that they did not order.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Prevent
      • Warn
        • Do Not Warn
    Warn
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Result Verification Navigate After Review

    Determines the system response when the user that is verifying the result is Not the ordering provider.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Go to Note
      • Go to Next Patient
        • Stay on Worklist
    Stay on Worklist
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Result Verification Navigation After QVerify

    Determines the navigation path after the user clicks QVerify or QVerify All.

    • If set to Go To Note the provider will be brought to the Note when selecting QVerify during the results verification process.
    • If set to Go To Next Patient the provider will remain in the patient worklist screen and the next patient with worklist items defined in their current view will be brought into context.
    • If set to Stay on Worklist the provider will remain in the worklist on the current patient.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Go to Note
      • Go to Next Patient
        • Stay on Worklist
    Go to Next Patient
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Results Verification Note Type for QVerify

    Updated Values in 11.4.1

    This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify must be set to Create New Note or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to Y for this preference to work.


    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Results Verification Note Type for Verify

    Updated Values in 11.4.1

    This is a drop down of all available note types in the system that do not have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. The selection will default as the note type to use when performing a results verification workflow that requires a note. This also defines default the note type used for QVerify. Results Verification Not Use-for QVerify must be set to Create New Note or Note-is V10 Note User Only must be set to Y for this preference to work.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Active Entry in Document Type Dicationary
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Result Verification Note Use - For QVerify

    Modified in v11.1.7 Determines the default note use value for the QVerify action.

    • If set to Create New Note the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using QVerify.
    • If set to No Note the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of QVerify.
    • If set to Select Note the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Create New Note
      • Use Existing
        • No Note
    Create New Note
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Result Verification Note Use - For Verify

    Added in v11.1.7

    This preference determines the default note use value for the QVerify action.

    • If set to Create New Note the user will default to creating a new note on the results verification screen. This will also define the default behavior when using Verify.
    • If set to No Note the results verification screen will not be set to use a note by default. This would also set the behavior of Verify.
    • If set to Select Note the results verification screen will be setup to use a note, but the user will need to select the note type they want to use.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Create New Note
      • Use Existing
        • No Note
    Create New Note
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for QVerify

    Added in v11.1.7

    This preference determines the default communication method for QVerify.

    • If set to Call Patient with Results this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a Call Patient with Results task is created, and requires a note.
    • If set to Discussed Results With Patient this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.
    • If set to Mail Results to Patient this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.
    • If set to No Patient Communication Needed at this Time this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected.
    • If set to Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a Schedule Results Follow Up task is created, and it does not require a note.


    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Call Patient with Results
      • Discussed Results with Patient
        • Mail Results to Patient
          • No Patient Communication Needed at this Time
            • Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results
    Organizational Decision
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Result Verification Patient Communication Methods for Verify

    Added in v11.1.7

    Determines the default communication method for Verify.

    • If set to Call Patient with Results this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, a Call Patient with Results task is created, and requires a note.
    • If set to Discussed Results With Patient this option on the Results Verification Screen will be selected by default, it does not require a note, and it is documented in the Results communication details that this option was selected.
    • If set to Mail Results to Patient this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and requires a note.
    • If set to No Patient Communication Needed at this Time this option on the Results Verification Screen is selected by default and it is documented in the Results Communication details that this option was selected.
    • If set to Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results this option on the Results Verification is selected by default, a Schedule Results Follow Up task is created, and it does not require a note.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Call Patient with Results
      • Discussed Results with Patient
        • Mail Results to Patient
          • No Patient Communication Needed at this Time
            • Schedule Appointment to Discuss Results
    Organizational Decision
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Results Verification Portal Note Subject Line

    NOTE: Added in 11.3

    Determines the content of the Subject line in a V11 results verification note if the results are set up to be sent to Allscripts Patient Portal™.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Free Text
    N/A
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Yes

    Results Verification Portal Note Type for Qverify

    *NOTE: Added in 11.3

    This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using QVerify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly preference set to Y only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the Result Verification Note Use for QVerify preference is set to Create New Note.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have Allow eReply to Patient
      • For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have Allow eReply to Patient
    N/A
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Results Verification Portal Note Type for Verify

    *NOTE: Added in 11.3

    This preference determines the default portal note created when results verified using Verify are set up to be sent to the patient portal. Portal notes must have the Allow eReply to Patient option selected. Only portal notes display, and if the user has the Note-IsV10NoteUserOnly preference set to Y only V10 portal notes display. This preference is only in effect if the Result Verification Note Use for Verify preference is set to Create New Note.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • For V10 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have Allow eReply to Patient
      • For V11 notes, all active entries in Document Type Dictionary that have Allow eReply to Patient
    N/A
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Result Verification Task Assignment

    Determines the default value for the assignment of delegated Results Verification tasks.

    • If set to Current User the user entering the result will be assigned the Results Verification task.
    • If set to Ordering Provider the provider defined as the Ordering Provider will receive the Results Verification Task.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Current User
      • Ordering Provider
    Ordering Provider
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Results Verification Required

    Determines if the results verification is required.

    • If set to Y the 'Verification Required' field on the Order Details screen will be selected by default. This specifically pertains to manually entered results. Interfaced results will be set based on the interface definition and is in no way altered with this setting. If a manual result is entered and this option is selected, a Results Verification task will be created and assigned to the user based on the 'Result Verification Task Assignment' setting.
    • If set to N the 'Verification Required' field will not be selected by default.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For QVerify

    Modified in v11.1.7

    Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for QVerify action.

    • If set to Y this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.
    • If set to N this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.
    • If set to As Per Post to Note Icon this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
        • As Per Post to Note Icon
    As Per Post to Note Icon
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Results Verification Shows Verified Results in Results Document - For Verify

    Added in v11.1.7

    Determines if the verified results should display on the Results Document for a Verify action.

    • If set to Y this option will be selected on the Result Verification Screen and will automatically post the verified results to the note created in the verification process.
    • If set to N this option will not be selected by default on the Result Verification Screen.
    • If set to As Per Post to Note Icon this option will be selected in the Result Verification Screen and will be selected by default if the users post to note option is on at the time.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
        • As Per Post to Note Icon
    As Per Post to Note Icon
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Show Refresh Button for Citrix In Results Tab

    • Determines if a refresh icon is displayed on the vitals and results sections of Order Details.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    Yes
    • Enterprise
      • Org
        • User
    Personalize

    Require Abnormal Flag for Results Entry

    • If set to Y the Abnormal flag will be required for all resultable items with an order. If the Order has multiple resultable items, the user will be required to select an abnormal flag for all values even if those values are not being reported. This applies to manually entered results only.
    • If set to N the user will not be required to specify the abnormal flag when manually entering results.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    RV V11 Note eReply when Verify & Next Patient

    *NOTE: Added in 11.3

    This preference determines whether V11 portal notes are set for automatic eReply when the user selects the Verify & Next Patient action.

    • If set to Y, the eReply action is completed automatically if the user has the appropriate finalization authority for the document type.
    • If set to N the eReply action is not completed automatically when the user selects Verify & Next Patient. Instead, an eReply Portal Note task is created for the provider, alerting them that the note needs to be finalized before it is sent to the portal.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personalize

    Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release

    • New in v11.4.1

    Determines the stages unverified results can be released in for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs). This preference applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin.

    This works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs preference. Only unverified results in the stages selected are released electronically. At least 1 stage must be selected and more than 1 can be selected.

    • If UnverifiedResultsWhenToReleaseToCEDs is set to Never unverified results are never released, even if 1 or more options are selected for Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release.
    • Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released
    • Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs and Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Preliminary
      • Final
        • Corrected
          • Amended
    • Final
      • Corrected or Amended
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Unverified Results When To Release To CED's

    • New in v11.4.1

    Determines when to release unverified results for inclusion in clinical exchange documents (CEDs).This applies to documents that have template definitions managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin including CCD (Continuity of Care Document), Clinical Summary-RTF, Clinical Summary-CCDA, and Summary of Care. It does not apply to other CED formats that are not managed in TW Admin > DocumentAdmin > CCDA Template Admin. It works in conjunction with the UnverifiedResultsWhichResultsStagesToRelease preference.

    • If set to Never, Unverified results are never released for inclusion in CEDs, regardless of how the UnverifiedResultsWhichStagesToRelease preference is set.
    • If set to 1 Day, 2 Days, 3 Days, or 4 Days, that is the number of business days after the date the unverified result was created (for Preliminary or Final stages) or last updated (for Corrected or Amended stages) that the unverified result will be released to CEDs:
    Note:
    • Results in Pending or Entered in Error status are never released
    • Results marked Do Not Release are never released, regardless of the settings for Unverified Results When To Release To CEDs and Unverified Results Which Result Stages To Release
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Never
      • 1 Days
        • 2 Days
          • 3 Days
            • 4 Days
    Never
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Use UAI Vital Signs Integration

    • If set to Y the user will have the ability to capture vital signs using the UAI tool. This requires extra setup and the UAI module. This product allows you to capture and import vitals using a 3rd party device such as a Welch Allyn device.
    • If set to N the user will not have the option to capture vital signs using the UAI tool.
    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Yes
      • No
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    N/A

    Vitals Picklist

    This is a drop down list that defines the default Vitals Picklist to be used. This picklist defines the Vital Sign Views available to the end user.

    Available Options Recommended/Default Value Available Levels User Can Override
    • Drop Down list of Valid Vital Signs Picklists defined in the OID
    Organization Specific
    • Enterprise
      • Org
    Personlize

    Removed in 11.2

    From General

    • UAIInstallLocation
    • Works 0 FingerPrintAuthEnc

    From Orders

    • Always Present Fax Dialog When Faxing Requisition
    • Always Present Print Dialog When Printing Requisition
    • OrderEntryAuthLevel
    • OrderEntryNotification
    • OrderUpdateSupervisedByOnEdit

    New in 15.1

    15.1 Updated_Preferences

    New in 17.1

    17.1_Updated_Preferences

    Links

    Return to: V10 to V11.2 Build Workbook (BW)


    Questions